DS6707 DIGITAL IMAGER

SCANNER
PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE
DS6707 DIGITAL IMAGER SCANNER
PRODUCT REFERENCE GUIDE

72E-83978-10
Revision A
March 2015
ii DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

© 2015 Symbol Technologies, Inc.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means,
without permission in writing from Zebra. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change
without notice.

The software is provided strictly on an “as is” basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on
a licensed basis. Zebra grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software
or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be
assigned, sublicensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Zebra. No right to
copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall
not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create
a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission
from Zebra. The user agrees to maintain Zebra’s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered
hereunder, and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not
to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any
portion thereof.

Zebra reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design.

Zebra does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any
product, circuit, or application described herein.

No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Zebra, intellectual
property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Zebra
products.

Zebra and the Zebra head graphic are registered trademarks of ZIH Corp. The Symbol logo is a registered
trademark of Symbol Technologies, Inc., a Zebra Technologies company.

Portions of this software are based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.

Zebra Technologies Corporation

Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A
http://www.zebra.com

Warranty
For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/warranty.
 iii

Revision History
Changes to the original manual are listed below:

Change Date Description

-01 Rev A 8/2006 Initial release

-02 Rev A 4/2007 Updated service information, updated operating temperature and drop
specifications, added Host Trigger Mode option, added new UPC/EAN
supplemental options, changed RSS references to GS1 DataBar,
added following parameters: Illumination Bank Control, Fixed Exposure, Fixed
Gain, Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode, Image Brightness, JPEG Target
File Size, Image Enhancement, Bookland ISBN format, 4State Postal, Inverse 1D,
Data Matrix Inverse, Micro QR, QR Inverse, Aztec, Aztec Inverse

-03 Rev A 8/2007 Updated decode zone/range information

-04 Rev A 8/2008 Added DP and HD model information, added Fuzzy 1D, Decode Mirror Images,
Low Light Enhancement, and Presentation Mode Field of View parameters, updated
Signature Capture Width and Height options, added Code 128 Lengths and Post
US4, changed code type name from UCC/EAN-128 to GS1-128

-05 Rev A 10/2008 Updated wall mount template, added separate dimensions and weight
specifications for the Zebra DS6707-DP model, added custom defaults options,
added specific string search and new move cursor options in ADF chapter

-06 Rev A 5/2009 Added ISSN EAN, Matrix 2 of 5, and Chinese 2 of 5 code types, added ISBT
concatenation parameters

-07 Rev A 9/2009 Added DS6707 with base model, added cable installation/removing instructions,
presentation mode bar code parameters and updated technical specifications.
Added RS-232 parameters: Code 39 Full ASCII, PDF417, GS1 Databar 14/Limited/
Expanded.

-08 Rev A 12/2010 Added DS6707-HC configuration, Mobile Phone Display and Mobile Phone Decode
Aggressiveness parameters, CUTE parameters, added all Image Kit parameters,
Simulated Scan Base Mode, Presentation Time Delay Mode, Added Send Alt 2
parameter and corrected Send Alt @ parameter in ADF chapter, updated
Maintenance section, updated 123Scan2 chapter, corrected Terminal Specific RS-
232 Olivetti column: ETX changed from 1002 to 1003 and STX changed from 1003
to 1002.
iv DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Change Date Description

-09 Rev A 6/2013 Added:

- To Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol - The bar code must be out of the
field of view for the timeout period before the scanner reads the same consecutive
symbol
- PDF Prioritization
- PDF Prioritization Timeout
- Video Mode Format Selector
- To USB country Keyboard Types - French Belgian Windows bar code
- USB Convert Unknown to Code 39
- USB Polling Interval (for DS6707-SR)
- Fast HID Keyboard
- Quick Keypad Emulation
- USB Ignore Beep Directive
- USB Ignore Type Directive
- Ignore Beep on <BEL> over CDC
- IBM Specification Level
- Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection
- GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level
- Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) chapter
Updated:
- URLs
- Service information
- Default value for Decode Mirror Image to Auto
- Terminal Specific Code ID Characters table
- HID Keyboard Emulation to USB Keyboard (HID)
- CDC COM Port Emulation to USB CDC Host
- 123Scan2 chapter
- Default value for Coupon Report to New Coupon Format
- Default value for Aztec Inverse to Inverse Autodetect for all models
- Replaced ADF chapter content with a reference to the Advanced Data
Formatting Programmer Guide.
Deleted:
- "Symbol" in product name
- Reference to www.symbol.com/usb (no longer an active URL)

-10 Rev A 3/2015 Zebra Rebranding

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About This Guide

Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... xv
Configurations................................................................................................................................. xv
Chapter Descriptions ...................................................................................................................... xvi
Notational Conventions................................................................................................................... xvii
Related Documents ........................................................................................................................ xvii
Service Information ......................................................................................................................... xviii

Chapter 1: Getting Started

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Supported Interfaces ...................................................................................................................... 1-2
Unpacking ...................................................................................................................................... 1-2
Setting Up the Digital Imager Scanner ........................................................................................... 1-3
Standard Model ........................................................................................................................ 1-3
Model with Base ....................................................................................................................... 1-4
Configuring the Digital Imager Scanner ................................................................................... 1-5
Mounting the Digital Imager Scanner ............................................................................................. 1-5
Desk Mount .............................................................................................................................. 1-5
Wall Mount ............................................................................................................................... 1-6

Chapter 2: Scanning
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 2-1
Beeper Definitions .......................................................................................................................... 2-2
LED Definitions .............................................................................................................................. 2-4
Scanning in Hand-Held Mode ........................................................................................................ 2-4
Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner ............................................................................... 2-4
Aiming ..................................................................................................................................... 2-6
Scanning in Presentation Mode ..................................................................................................... 2-7
Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner in the Intellistand ................................................... 2-7
Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner with Base .............................................................. 2-8
Decode Zones ................................................................................................................................ 2-9
DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes ................................... 2-9
vi DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ................................... 2-10
DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes ............................... 2-11
DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ............................... 2-12
DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes .............. 2-13
DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ................................... 2-14
DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes .................... 2-15
DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes ......................................... 2-16

Chapter 3: Maintenance & Technical Specifications

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 3-1
Maintenance .................................................................................................................................. 3-1
Digital Scanner ......................................................................................................................... 3-1
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................................. 3-2
Technical Specifications ................................................................................................................ 3-4
Digital Imager Scanner Signal Descriptions .................................................................................. 3-8

Chapter 4: User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 4-1
Scanning Sequence Examples ...................................................................................................... 4-2
Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................................... 4-2
User Preferences and Miscellaneous Options - Parameter Defaults ............................................ 4-2
User Preferences ........................................................................................................................... 4-4
Set Default Parameter ............................................................................................................. 4-4
Parameter Scanning ................................................................................................................ 4-5
Beeper Tone ............................................................................................................................ 4-5
Beeper Volume ........................................................................................................................ 4-6
Suppress Power-up Beeps ...................................................................................................... 4-6
Power Mode ............................................................................................................................. 4-7
Time Delay to Low Power Mode .............................................................................................. 4-8
Trigger Mode ............................................................................................................................ 4-9
Picklist Mode ............................................................................................................................ 4-10
Presentation Time Delay Mode ................................................................................................ 4-11
Mobile Phone/Display Mode .................................................................................................... 4-13
Mobile Phone Decode Aggressiveness ................................................................................... 4-14
Decode Session Timeout ......................................................................................................... 4-15
Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol ............................................................................. 4-15
Decoding Illumination ............................................................................................................... 4-16
DP Illumination ........................................................................................................................ 4-17
Decode Aiming Pattern ............................................................................................................ 4-18
Fuzzy 1D Processing ............................................................................................................... 4-18
Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) ............................................................................... 4-19
PDF Prioritization ..................................................................................................................... 4-20
PDF Prioritization Timeout ....................................................................................................... 4-20
Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters .............................................................................................. 4-21
Transmit Code ID Character .................................................................................................... 4-21
Prefix/Suffix Values .................................................................................................................. 4-22
Scan Data Transmission Format ............................................................................................. 4-23
FN1 Substitution Values .......................................................................................................... 4-24
Transmit “No Read” Message .................................................................................................. 4-25
 Table of Contents vii

Chapter 5: Imaging Preferences

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 5-1
Scanning Sequence Examples ...................................................................................................... 5-2
Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................................... 5-2
Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults ...................................................................................... 5-2
Imaging Preferences ...................................................................................................................... 5-4
Operational Modes ................................................................................................................... 5-4
Low Light Enhancement .......................................................................................................... 5-5
Presentation Mode Field of View ............................................................................................. 5-5
Image Capture Autoexposure .................................................................................................. 5-6
Image Capture Illumination ...................................................................................................... 5-6
Illumination Bank Control ......................................................................................................... 5-7
Fixed Exposure ........................................................................................................................ 5-8
Fixed Gain ................................................................................................................................ 5-8
Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode .............................................................................. 5-9
Snapshot Mode Timeout .......................................................................................................... 5-10
Snapshot Aiming Pattern ......................................................................................................... 5-10
Image Cropping ....................................................................................................................... 5-11
Crop to Pixel Addresses .......................................................................................................... 5-12
Image Size (Number of Pixels) ................................................................................................ 5-13
Image Brightness (Target White) ............................................................................................. 5-14
JPEG Image Options ............................................................................................................... 5-14
JPEG Target File Size ............................................................................................................. 5-15
JPEG Quality and Size Value .................................................................................................. 5-15
Image Enhancement ................................................................................................................ 5-16
Image File Format Selector ...................................................................................................... 5-17
Image Rotation ......................................................................................................................... 5-18
Bits Per Pixel ............................................................................................................................ 5-19
Signature Capture .................................................................................................................... 5-20
Signature Capture File Format Selector .................................................................................. 5-21
Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel ............................................................................................. 5-22
Signature Capture Width .......................................................................................................... 5-23
Signature Capture Height ........................................................................................................ 5-23
Signature Capture JPEG Quality ............................................................................................. 5-23
Video Mode Format Selector ................................................................................................... 5-24
Video View Finder .................................................................................................................... 5-24
Target Video Frame Size ......................................................................................................... 5-25
Video View Finder Image Size ................................................................................................. 5-25

Chapter 6: SSI Interface

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Connecting Using Simple Serial Interface ..................................................................................... 6-2
Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters ................................................................................... 6-3
SSI Host Parameters ..................................................................................................................... 6-4
Baud Rate ................................................................................................................................ 6-4
Parity ........................................................................................................................................ 6-6
Check Parity ............................................................................................................................. 6-7
Software Handshaking ............................................................................................................. 6-7
Host RTS Line State ................................................................................................................ 6-8
Decode Data Packet Format .................................................................................................... 6-8
viii DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Stop Bit Select ......................................................................................................................... 6-9

Host Serial Response Time-out ............................................................................................... 6-10
Host Character Time-out .......................................................................................................... 6-11
Multipacket Option ................................................................................................................... 6-12
Interpacket Delay ..................................................................................................................... 6-13
Event Reporting ............................................................................................................................. 6-14
Decode Event .......................................................................................................................... 6-14
Boot Up Event .......................................................................................................................... 6-15
Parameter Event ...................................................................................................................... 6-15

Chapter 7: USB Interface

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 7-1
Connecting a USB Interface .......................................................................................................... 7-2
USB Parameter Defaults ............................................................................................................... 7-4
USB Host Parameters ................................................................................................................... 7-5
USB Device Type ..................................................................................................................... 7-5
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking .................................................................... 7-7
USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) ..................................................................... 7-8
USB Keystroke Delay .............................................................................................................. 7-10
USB CAPS Lock Override ....................................................................................................... 7-10
USB Ignore Unknown Characters ............................................................................................ 7-11
USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 ......................................................................................... 7-11
Emulate Keypad ....................................................................................................................... 7-12
Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero ......................................................................................... 7-12
USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution ............................................................................................. 7-13
Function Key Mapping ............................................................................................................. 7-13
Simulated Caps Lock ............................................................................................................... 7-14
Convert Case ........................................................................................................................... 7-14
USB Static CDC ....................................................................................................................... 7-15
USB Polling Interval (DS6707-SR only) ................................................................................... 7-16
Fast HID Keyboard .................................................................................................................. 7-18
Quick Keypad Emulation .......................................................................................................... 7-18
USB Ignore Beep Directive ...................................................................................................... 7-19
USB Ignore Type Directive ...................................................................................................... 7-19
Ignore Beep on <BEL> over CDC ............................................................................................ 7-20
IBM Specification Level ............................................................................................................ 7-20
ASCII Character Set for USB ......................................................................................................... 7-21

Chapter 8: RS-232 Interface

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 8-1
Connecting an RS-232 Interface ................................................................................................... 8-2
RS-232 Parameter Defaults ........................................................................................................... 8-4
RS-232 Host Parameters ............................................................................................................... 8-5
RS-232 Host Types .................................................................................................................. 8-8
Baud Rate ................................................................................................................................ 8-10
Parity ........................................................................................................................................ 8-11
Stop Bit Select ......................................................................................................................... 8-12
Data Bits .................................................................................................................................. 8-12
Check Receive Errors .............................................................................................................. 8-13
 Table of Contents ix

Hardware Handshaking ........................................................................................................... 8-13

Software Handshaking ............................................................................................................. 8-15
Host Serial Response Time-out ............................................................................................... 8-17
RTS Line State ......................................................................................................................... 8-18
Beep on <BEL> ........................................................................................................................ 8-18
Intercharacter Delay ................................................................................................................. 8-19
Nixdorf Beep/LED Options ....................................................................................................... 8-20
Ignore Unknown Characters .................................................................................................... 8-20
ASCII Character Set for RS-232 .................................................................................................... 8-21

Chapter 9: 123Scan2
Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 9-1
Communication with 123Scan2 ..................................................................................................... 9-1
123Scan2 Requirements ............................................................................................................... 9-2
Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos ......................................................................... 9-2

Chapter 10: Symbologies

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 10-1
Scanning Sequence Examples ...................................................................................................... 10-1
Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................................... 10-2
Symbology Parameter Defaults ..................................................................................................... 10-2
Disable All Code Types .................................................................................................................. 10-7
UPC/EAN ....................................................................................................................................... 10-8
Enable/Disable UPC-A ............................................................................................................. 10-8
Enable/Disable UPC-E ............................................................................................................. 10-8
Enable/Disable UPC-E1 ........................................................................................................... 10-9
Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8 .................................................................................................. 10-9
Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13 .............................................................................................. 10-10
Enable/Disable Bookland EAN ................................................................................................ 10-10
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals ................................................................................... 10-11
User-Programmable Supplementals ........................................................................................ 10-14
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy ............................................................................. 10-15
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format .......................................................................... 10-16
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit ................................................................................................... 10-17
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit ................................................................................................... 10-17
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit ................................................................................................. 10-18
UPC-A Preamble ..................................................................................................................... 10-18
UPC-E Preamble ..................................................................................................................... 10-19
UPC-E1 Preamble ................................................................................................................... 10-20
Convert UPC-E to UPC-A ........................................................................................................ 10-21
Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A ...................................................................................................... 10-21
EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend ............................................................................................................... 10-22
Bookland ISBN Format ............................................................................................................ 10-23
UCC Coupon Extended Code .................................................................................................. 10-24
Coupon Report ......................................................................................................................... 10-25
ISSN EAN ................................................................................................................................ 10-26
Code 128 ....................................................................................................................................... 10-27
Enable/Disable Code 128 ........................................................................................................ 10-27
Set Lengths for Code 128 ........................................................................................................ 10-27
x DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) ................................................................. 10-29

Enable/Disable ISBT 128 ......................................................................................................... 10-29
ISBT Concatenation ................................................................................................................. 10-30
Check ISBT Table .................................................................................................................... 10-31
ISBT Concatenation Redundancy ............................................................................................ 10-31
Code 39 ......................................................................................................................................... 10-32
Enable/Disable Code 39 .......................................................................................................... 10-32
Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 ............................................................................................. 10-32
Convert Code 39 to Code 32 ................................................................................................... 10-33
Code 32 Prefix ......................................................................................................................... 10-33
Set Lengths for Code 39 .......................................................................................................... 10-34
Code 39 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................................. 10-35
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit ................................................................................................. 10-36
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion ............................................................................................... 10-36
Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store) ........................................................................................... 10-37
Code 93 ......................................................................................................................................... 10-40
Enable/Disable Code 93 .......................................................................................................... 10-40
Set Lengths for Code 93 .......................................................................................................... 10-40
Code 11 ......................................................................................................................................... 10-42
Code 11 ................................................................................................................................... 10-42
Set Lengths for Code 11 .......................................................................................................... 10-42
Code 11 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................................. 10-44
Transmit Code 11 Check Digits ............................................................................................... 10-45
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) .................................................................................................................. 10-46
Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 ............................................................................................ 10-46
Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 ............................................................................................ 10-46
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification ................................................................................................ 10-48
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit .................................................................................................... 10-48
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 ....................................................................................................... 10-49
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF) ..................................................................................................................... 10-50
Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 ................................................................................................. 10-50
Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 ................................................................................................ 10-50
Codabar (NW - 7) .......................................................................................................................... 10-52
Enable/Disable Codabar .......................................................................................................... 10-52
Set Lengths for Codabar .......................................................................................................... 10-52
CLSI Editing ............................................................................................................................. 10-54
NOTIS Editing .......................................................................................................................... 10-54
Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Transmission ...................................... 10-55
MSI ................................................................................................................................................ 10-56
Enable/Disable MSI ................................................................................................................. 10-56
Set Lengths for MSI ................................................................................................................. 10-56
MSI Check Digits ..................................................................................................................... 10-57
Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) .................................................................................................... 10-58
MSI Check Digit Algorithm ....................................................................................................... 10-58
Chinese 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................................ 10-59
Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 ................................................................................................. 10-59
Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................................... 10-59
Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5 .................................................................................................... 10-59
Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 .................................................................................................... 10-60
Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit .......................................................................................................... 10-61
Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ........................................................................................... 10-61
 Table of Contents xi

Korean 3 of 5 ................................................................................................................................. 10-62

Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5 .................................................................................................. 10-62
Inverse 1D ...................................................................................................................................... 10-63
Postal Codes .................................................................................................................................. 10-64
US Postnet ............................................................................................................................... 10-64
US Planet ................................................................................................................................. 10-64
Transmit US Postal Check Digit ............................................................................................... 10-65
UK Postal ................................................................................................................................. 10-65
Transmit UK Postal Check Digit ............................................................................................... 10-66
Japan Postal ............................................................................................................................ 10-66
Australia Post ........................................................................................................................... 10-67
Australia Post Format .............................................................................................................. 10-68
Netherlands KIX Code ............................................................................................................. 10-69
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail ...................................................................................... 10-69
UPU FICS Postal ..................................................................................................................... 10-70
GS1 DataBar (formerly RSS, Reduced Space Symbology) .......................................................... 10-71
GS1 DataBar-14 ...................................................................................................................... 10-71
GS1 DataBar Limited ............................................................................................................... 10-71
GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level ....................................................................................... 10-72
GS1 DataBar Expanded .......................................................................................................... 10-73
Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN ......................................................................................... 10-73
Composite ...................................................................................................................................... 10-74
Composite CC-C ...................................................................................................................... 10-74
Composite CC-A/B ................................................................................................................... 10-74
Composite TLC-39 ................................................................................................................... 10-75
UPC Composite Mode ............................................................................................................. 10-76
Composite Beep Mode ............................................................................................................ 10-77
GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes .................................................... 10-77
2D Symbologies ............................................................................................................................. 10-78
Enable/Disable PDF417 ........................................................................................................... 10-78
Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 .................................................................................................. 10-78
Code 128 Emulation ................................................................................................................ 10-79
Data Matrix ............................................................................................................................... 10-80
Data Matrix Inverse .................................................................................................................. 10-81
Maxicode .................................................................................................................................. 10-82
QR Code .................................................................................................................................. 10-82
QR Inverse ............................................................................................................................... 10-83
MicroQR ................................................................................................................................... 10-84
Aztec ........................................................................................................................................ 10-84
Aztec Inverse ........................................................................................................................... 10-85
Redundancy Level ......................................................................................................................... 10-86
Redundancy Level 1 ................................................................................................................ 10-86
Redundancy Level 2 ................................................................................................................ 10-86
Redundancy Level 3 ................................................................................................................ 10-86
Redundancy Level 4 ................................................................................................................ 10-87
Security Level ................................................................................................................................ 10-88
Intercharacter Gap Size ........................................................................................................... 10-89
Report Version ............................................................................................................................... 10-89
Macro PDF Features ...................................................................................................................... 10-90
Flush Macro Buffer ................................................................................................................... 10-90
Abort Macro PDF Entry ............................................................................................................ 10-90
xii DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Chapter 11: Intelligent Document Capture

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 11-1
The IDC Process ........................................................................................................................... 11-1
Bar Code Acceptance Test ...................................................................................................... 11-2
Capture Region Determination ................................................................................................ 11-2
Image Post Processing ............................................................................................................ 11-3
Data Transmission ................................................................................................................... 11-3
PC Application and Programming Support .................................................................................... 11-3
Parameters .................................................................................................................................... 11-4
IDC Operating Mode ................................................................................................................ 11-5
IDC Symbology ........................................................................................................................ 11-6
IDC X Coordinate ..................................................................................................................... 11-7
IDC Y Coordinate ..................................................................................................................... 11-7
IDC Width ................................................................................................................................. 11-8
IDC Height ............................................................................................................................... 11-8
IDC File Format Selector ......................................................................................................... 11-9
IDC Bits Per Pixel .................................................................................................................... 11-10
IDC JPEG Quality .................................................................................................................... 11-10
IDC Find Box Outline ............................................................................................................... 11-11
IDC Minimum Text Length ....................................................................................................... 11-11
IDC Maximum Text Length ...................................................................................................... 11-12
IDC Captured Image Brighten .................................................................................................. 11-12
IDC Captured Image Sharpen ................................................................................................. 11-13
IDC De-Skew ........................................................................................................................... 11-13
IDC Border Type ...................................................................................................................... 11-14
IDC Delay Time ........................................................................................................................ 11-14
IDC Zoom Limit ........................................................................................................................ 11-15
IDC Maximum Rotation ............................................................................................................ 11-15
IDC HiBlur Filter ....................................................................................................................... 11-16
Quick Start ..................................................................................................................................... 11-17
Sample IDC Setup ................................................................................................................... 11-17
IDC Demonstrations ................................................................................................................. 11-18
Other Suggestions ................................................................................................................... 11-19
Quick Start Form ...................................................................................................................... 11-19

Chapter 12: Advanced Data Formatting

Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 12-1

Appendix A: Standard Default Parameters

Appendix B: Programming Reference

Symbol Code Identifiers ................................................................................................................. B-1
AIM Code Identifiers ...................................................................................................................... B-3

Appendix C: Sample Bar Codes

Code 39 ......................................................................................................................................... C-1
UPC/EAN ....................................................................................................................................... C-1
 Table of Contents xiii

UPC-A, 100% ........................................................................................................................... C-1

EAN-13, 100% ......................................................................................................................... C-2
Code 128 ....................................................................................................................................... C-2
Interleaved 2 of 5 ........................................................................................................................... C-2
GS1 DataBar-14 ............................................................................................................................ C-3
PDF417 .......................................................................................................................................... C-3
Data Matrix ..................................................................................................................................... C-3
Maxicode ........................................................................................................................................ C-3
QR Code ........................................................................................................................................ C-4
US Postnet ..................................................................................................................................... C-4
UK Postal ....................................................................................................................................... C-4

Appendix D: Numeric Bar Codes

Numeric Bar Codes ........................................................................................................................ D-1
Cancel ............................................................................................................................................ D-2

Appendix E: ASCII Character Sets

Glossary

Index

Tell Us What You Think...

xiv DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
ABOUT THIS GUIDE

Introduction
The DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide provides general instructions for setting up,
operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting the DS6707 digital imager scanner.

Configurations
This guide includes the following digital imager scanner configurations:

• DS6707-SR: Standard Range digital imager scanner for point of sale scanning.
• DS6707-SR20007NSR: Standard Range digital imager scanner with base for presentation (hands-free) point
of sale scanning.
• DS6707-HD: High Density digital imager scanner for high-density 1D and 2D bar codes.
• DS6707-HC: Standard Range digital imager scanner; healthcare white.
• DS6707-DP: Direct Part Mark digital imager scanner for DPM scanning.
• DS6707-DC: Document Capture digital imager scanner for 8 1/2 in. by 11 in. imaging.
xvi DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Chapter Descriptions
Topics included in this guide are as follows:

• Chapter 1, Getting Started provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection
information.
• Chapter 2, Scanning describes parts of the digital imager scanner, beeper and LED definitions, and how
to use the scanner in hand-held and presentation (hands-free) modes.
• Chapter 3, Maintenance & Technical Specifications provides information on how to care for the digital
imager scanner, troubleshooting, and technical specifications.
• Chapter 4, User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options provides frequently used
features to customize how data transmits to the host, and programming bar codes for selecting these
features for the digital imager scanner.
• Chapter 5, Imaging Preferences provides programming bar codes for selecting imaging features.
• Chapter 6, SSI Interface describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a Simple Serial Interface
(SSI) host. When using SSI, program the digital imager scanner via bar code menu or SSI host
commands.
• Chapter 7, USB Interface describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a USB host.
• Chapter 8, RS-232 Interface describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with an RS-232 host,
such as point-of-sale devices, host computers, or other devices with an available RS-232 port.

• Chapter 9, 123Scan2 describes the 123Scan2 PC-based scanner configuration tool, and provides the
bar code to scan to communicate with the 123Scan2 program.
• Chapter 10, Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides programming bar codes for
selecting these features for the digital imager scanner.
• Chapter 11, Intelligent Document Capture describes the Zebra advanced image processing firmware for
select imager based scanners, and includes parameter bar codes and a quick start procedure.
• Chapter 12, Advanced Data Formatting briefly describes ADF, a means of customizing data before
transmission to the host device, and includes a reference to the ADF Programmer Guide.
• Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous
scanner defaults.
• Appendix B, Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers, ASCII character
conversions, and keyboard maps.
• Appendix C, Sample Bar Codes includes sample bar codes of various code types.
• Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes includes the numeric bar codes to scan for parameters requiring
specific numeric values.
• Appendix E, ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables.
 About This Guide xvii

Notational Conventions
The following conventions are used in this document:

• Italics are used to highlight the following:

• Chapters and sections in this and related documents
• Dialog box, window and screen names
• Drop-down list and list box names
• Check box and radio button names
• Bold text is used to highlight the following:
• Key names on a keypad
• Button names on a screen.
• bullets (•) indicate:
• Action items
• Lists of alternatives
• Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential
• Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists.
• Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) are used to denote default parameter
settings.

* Indicates Default *Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option

Related Documents
The DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Quick Start Guide, p/n 72-83972-xx, provides general information for
getting started with the DS6707 digital imager scanner, and includes basic set up and operation instructions.

The latest version of this guide and all guides, are available at: www.zebra.com/support
xviii DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Service Information
If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facility's technical or systems support. If there is a
problem with the equipment, they will contact the Zebra Global Customer Support Center at:
www.zebra.com/support
When contacting Zebra support, please have the following information available:

• Serial number of the unit

• Model number or product name
• Software type and version number.
Zebra responds to calls by e-mail, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in service agreements. If your
problem cannot be solved by Zebra support, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be
given specific directions. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved
shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty.

If you purchased your business product from a Zebra business partner, please contact that business partner
for support.
CHAPTER 1 GETTING STARTED

Introduction
The DS6707 digital imager scanner combines superior 1D and 2D omnidirectional bar code scanning and
sub-second image capture and transfer to provide the best value in a digital imager scanner. Whether in
hand-held mode or presentation (hands-free) mode, the digital imager scanner ensures comfort and ease of
use for extended periods of time.
LED

Beeper Scan Window

Trigger

Figure 1-1 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner

Base
Angle Adjustment
Knob (2)

Figure 1-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner with Base

1-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Supported Interfaces
The DS6707digital imager scanner supports:

• Simple Serial Interface (SSI) connection to a host. When using SSI, program the digital imager scanner
via bar code menu or SSI host commands.
• Standard RS-232 connection to a host. Scan bar code menus to set up communication between the
digital imager scanner and the host.
• USB connection to a host. The digital imager scanner autodetects a USB host and defaults to the USB
Keyboard (HID) interface type. Select other USB interface types by scanning programming bar code
menus.This interface supports the following international keyboards (for Windows® environment): North
America, German, French, French Canadian, Spanish, Italian, Swedish, UK English,
Portuguese-Brazilian, and Japanese.
• Configuration via 123Scan².

Unpacking
Remove the digital imager scanner from its packing and inspect it for damage. If the scanner was damaged in
transit, contact Zebra Support. See page xviii for contact information. KEEP THE PACKING. It is the approved
shipping container; use this to return the equipment for servicing.
 Getting Started 1-3

Setting Up the Digital Imager Scanner

Standard Model

Installing the Interface Cable

1. Plug the interface cable modular connector into the cable interface port on the bottom of the scanner
handle. See Figure 1-3.

2. Gently tug the cable to ensure the connector is properly secured.

3. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (see the specific host chapter for information on
host connections).

Clip

Cable interface port

Interface cable modular

connector
To host

Figure 1-3 Installing the Cable

NOTE Different hosts require different cables. The connectors illustrated in each host chapter are examples only.
Connectors vary from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the digital imager scanner are the same.

Removing the Interface Cable

1. Using the tip of a screwdriver, depress the cable’s modular connector clip.

Figure 1-4 Removing the Cable

2. Carefully slide out the cable.

3. Follow the steps for Installing the Interface Cable to connect a new cable.
1-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Connecting Power (if required)

If the host does not provide power to the digital imager scanner, connect an external power supply:

1. Connect the interface cable to the bottom of the digital imager scanner, as described in Installing the
Interface Cable on page 1-3.

2. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (refer to the host manual to locate the correct port).

3. Plug the power supply into the power jack on the interface cable. Plug the other end of the power supply
into an AC outlet.

Model with Base

Installing the Interface Cable

1. Turn both angle adjustment knobs left to loosen the scanner in the base. See Figure 1-5.

2. Move the scanner forward until there is full access to the cable interface port on the bottom of the scanner.

Angle Adjustment Knob (2)

Figure 1-5 Adjust the Scanner for Cable Installation

3. Insert the interface cable through the opening at the back of the base.

NOTE Ensure the cable is inserted through the opening at the back and not underneath the base.

4. Plug the interface cable modular connector into the cable interface port on the bottom of the scanner
handle.

5. Gently tug the cable to ensure the connector is properly secured.

6. Move the scanner to preferred angle and turn the angle adjustment knobs right to tighten.

7. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the host (refer to the host manual to locate the correct port).

NOTE Different hosts require different cables. The connectors illustrated in each host chapter are examples only.
Connectors vary from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the digital imager scanner are the same.
 Getting Started 1-5

Removing the Interface Cable for Scanner with Base

1. Turn both angle adjustment knobs left to loosen the scanner in the base. SeeFigure 1-5.

2. Move the scanner forward until there is full access to the cable interface port on the bottom of the scanner.

3. Using the tip of a screwdriver, depress the cable’s modular connector clip. See Figure 1-4.

4. Carefully slide out the cable.

5. Follow the steps for Installing the Interface Cable to connect a new cable.

6. Move the scanner to preferred angle and turn the angle adjustment knobs right to tighten.

Configuring the Digital Imager Scanner

To configure the digital imager scanner, use the bar codes in this manual, or the 123Scan2 configuration program.

See Chapter 4, User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options and Chapter 5, Imaging
Preferences for information about programming the digital imager scanner using bar code menus. Also see each
host-specific chapter to set up connection to a specific host type.

1. See Chapter 9, 123Scan2 to configure the digital imager scanner using this configuration program. The
program includes a help file.

Mounting the Digital Imager Scanner

Desk Mount
Use the optional desk mount for convenient and protective placement of the digital imager scanner on a flat
surface. Simply place the mount on the surface. The rubber feet hold the mount securely in place when inserting
and removing the digital imager scanner.

Figure 1-6 Inserting the Digital Imager Scanner in the Desk Mount

Alternatively, secure the desk mount to a desk surface by inserting two screws* appropriate for the mounting
surface through the screw holes of the desk mount, and into the surface. Screw the desk mount onto the surface
with or without the rubber feet.

*The recommended screws are two #6 screws (5/8” long).

1-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Wall Mount
To use the optional wall mount to mount the digital imager scanner on a wall, place the mount in the desired
location on the wall and secure by inserting two screws* appropriate for the mounting surface through the
screw holes on the mount, and into the surface. Insert the digital imager scanner into the mount as shown.

Figure 1-7 Securing the Wall Mount

*The recommended screws are two #6 screws (1” long) and two #6 washers.

For convenience, print this page and use the template below for mounting hole locations.

Insert mounting screw Insert mounting screw

2.98”

Figure 1-8 Wall Mounting Template

CHAPTER 2 SCANNING

Introduction
This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning bar codes, general
instructions and tips about scanning, and decode zone diagrams.
2-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Beeper Definitions
The digital imager scanner issues different beep sequences and patterns to indicate status. Table 2-1 defines
beep sequences that occur during both normal scanning and while programming the digital imager scanner.

Table 2-1 Beeper Definitions

Beeper Sequence Indication

Standard Use

Low/medium/high beeps Power up.

Short high beep A bar code symbol was decoded (if decode beeper is enabled).

4 long low beeps A transmission error was detected in a scanned symbol. The data is ignored. This
occurs if the digital imager scanner is not properly configured. Check option
setting.

5 low beeps Conversion or format error.

Low/high/low beeps ADF transmit error. See Chapter 12, Advanced Data Formatting.

High/high/high/low beeps RS-232 receive error.

Parameter Menu Scanning

Short high beep Correct entry scanned or correct menu sequence performed.

Low/high beeps Input error; incorrect bar code, programming sequence, or Cancel scanned;
remain in ADF program mode.

High/low beeps Keyboard parameter selected. Enter value using numeric bar codes.

High/low/high/low beeps Successful program exit with change in parameter setting.

Low/high/low/high beeps Out of host parameter storage space. Scan Set Default Parameter on page 4-4.

Code 39 Buffering

High/low beeps New Code 39 data was entered into the buffer.

3 long high beeps Code 39 buffer is full.

Low/high/low beeps The Code 39 buffer was erased or there was an attempt to clear or transmit an
empty buffer.

Low/high beeps A successful transmission of buffered data.

Macro PDF

2 long low beeps File ID error. A bar code not in the current MPDF sequence was scanned.

3 long low beeps Out of memory. There is not enough buffer space to store the current MPDF
symbol.

4 long low beeps Bad symbology. Scanned a 1D or 2D bar code in a MPDF sequence, a duplicate
MPDF label, a label in an incorrect order, or trying to transmit an empty or illegal
MPDF field.

5 long low beeps Flushing MPDF buffer.

 Scanning 2-3

Table 2-1 Beeper Definitions (Continued)

Beeper Sequence Indication

Fast warble beep Aborting MPDF sequence.

Low/high beeps Flushing an already empty MPDF buffer.

ADF Programming: Normal Data Entry. Duration of tones are short.

High/low beeps Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the front if necessary.

Low/low beeps Enter another alphabetic character or scan the End of Message bar code.

High/high beeps Enter another criterion or action, or scan the Save Rule bar code.

High/low/high/low beeps Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited.

High/low/low beeps All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering rule.

Low beep Delete last saved rule. The current rule is left intact.

Low/high/high beeps All rules are deleted.

ADF Programming: Error Indications. Duration of tones are very long.

Low/high/low/high beeps Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save rule again.
(It is not necessary to re-enter the current rule.)

Low/high/low beeps Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or the user asked to
exit rule entry.

Low/high beeps Entry error, wrong bar code scanned. Re-enter criterion or action. All previously
entered criteria and actions are retained. Criteria or action list is too long for a rule.

Host Specific

USB only

4 short high beeps The digital imager scanner has not completed initialization. Wait several seconds
and scan again.

Low/medium/high beeps Communication with the bus must be established before the digital imager scanner
upon scanning a USB can operate at the highest power level.
device type

Low/medium/high beeps The USB bus can put the digital imager scanner in a state where power to the
occur more than once. digital imager scanner is cycled on and off more than once. This is normal and
usually happens when the PC cold boots.

RS-232 only

1 short high beep A <BEL> character is received and Beep on <BEL> is enabled.
2-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

LED Definitions
In addition to beep sequences, the digital imager scanner uses a two-color LED to indicate status. Table 2-2
defines LED colors that display during scanning.

Table 2-2 Standard LED Definitions

LED Indication

Off No power is applied to the digital imager scanner, or the digital imager scanner is on and
ready to scan.

Green A bar code was successfully decoded.

Red A data transmission error or digital imager scanner malfunction occurred.

Scanning in Hand-Held Mode

Install and program the digital imager scanner (see Setting Up the Digital Imager Scanner on page 1-3). For
assistance, contact the local supplier or Zebra Support.

Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner

1. Ensure all connections are secure (see the appropriate host chapter.)

2. Aim the digital imager scanner at the bar code.

Figure 2-1 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode

 Scanning 2-5

3. When the digital imager scanner senses movement, in its default Auto Aim trigger mode, it projects a red
laser aiming pattern (Figure 2-2) which allows positioning the bar code or object within the field of view. (To
turn off the default Auto Aim trigger mode, see Trigger Mode on page 4-9.) If necessary, the digital imager
scanner turns on its red LEDs to illuminate the target bar code.

The DS6707-DP version uses a donut-shaped pattern with a center aiming dot.

Standard Pattern DS6707-DP Pattern

Figure 2-2 Laser Aiming Pattern

4. Center the symbol in any orientation within the aiming pattern. Be sure the entire symbol is within the
rectangular area formed by the brackets in the pattern.

When scanning with the DS6707-DP, ensure part of the bar code is visible on the inside of the
donut-shaped pattern.
1D bar
Linear barcode
code 2D barsymbol
PDF417 code Data Matrix bar code

Symbol

Aiming Pattern DS6707-DP Pattern

Figure 2-3 Placing Symbol in Aiming Pattern

5. Hold the trigger until the digital imager scanner beeps, indicating the bar code is successfully decoded. For
more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.

This process usually occurs instantaneously. Steps 2 - 4 are repeated on poor quality or difficult bar codes, until
the bar code is decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Session Timeout is reached.
2-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Aiming
Hold the digital imager scanner between two and nine inches (depending on symbol density; see Decode
Zones on page 2-9) from the symbol, centering the aiming pattern on the symbol. Ensure the cross hair falls on
the symbol. For the DS6707-DP, ensure part of the symbol is visible within the donut-shaped pattern.

The aiming pattern is smaller when the digital imager scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is
farther from the symbol. Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements (mil size) closer to the digital imager
scanner, and those with larger bars or elements (mil size) farther from the digital imager scanner.

The digital imager scanner can also read a bar code presented within the aiming pattern but not centered. The
top examples in Figure 2-4 and Figure 2-5 show acceptable aiming options, while the bottom examples can not
decode.

NOTE For best performance, ensure the pattern’s cross hair, or in the case of the DS6707-DP the aiming dot,
falls on the symbol.

012345 012345

012345 012345

Figure 2-4 Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming - Standard Pattern

Figure 2-5 Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming - DS6707-DP Pattern

 Scanning 2-7

Scanning in Presentation Mode

Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner in the Intellistand
The optional Intellistand adds greater flexibility to scanning operation. When you insert the digital imager
scanner into the stand’s “cup,” the scanner’s built-in sensor places the scanner in presentation (hands-free)
mode. When you remove the digital imager scanner from the stand it operates in its normal hand-held mode.

Angle Adjustment Knob

Scanner
Holder (Cup)
Height Adjustment Knob

Figure 2-6 Inserting the Digital Imager Scanner in the Intellistand

To operate the digital imager scanner in the IntelliStand:

1. Connect the digital imager scanner to the host (see the appropriate host chapter for information on host
connections).

2. Insert the digital imager scanner in the Intellistand by placing the front of the digital imager scanner into the
stand’s “cup” (see Figure 2-6).

3. Use the Intellistand’s adjustment knobs to adjust the height and angle of the digital imager scanner.

4. Center the symbol in the aiming pattern. The entire symbol must be within the brackets.

5. Upon successful decode, the digital imager scanner beeps and the LED turns green. For more information
on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.
2-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner with Base

The DS6707 digital imager scanner with base (DS670X-SR2000XNSR) offers the flexibility of switching
between presentation (hands-free) mode and hand-held mode. The default mode is presentation mode.

Figure 2-7 Scanning in Presentation Mode

Scanning with the Digital Imager Scanner

1. Ensure all connections are secure (see the appropriate host chapter).

2. Use the base adjustment knobs to adjust the angle of the digital imager scanner.

3. Center the symbol in the aiming pattern. The entire symbol must be within the brackets.

4. Upon successful decode, the digital imager scanner beeps and the LED turns green. For more information
on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.

Switching to Hand-Held Mode

1. Lift the scanner for hand-held use.

2. Center the symbol in the aiming pattern. The entire symbol must be within the brackets.

3. Pull the trigger. Upon successful decode, the digital imager scanner beeps and the LED turns green. For
more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2-1 and Table 2-2.

4. The digital imager scanner automatically reverts back to presentation mode after a predetermined time
delay. The default is 3 seconds. (To change the time delay settings, see Presentation Time Delay Mode on
page 4-11.)
 Scanning 2-9

Decode Zones
DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes

Note: Typical performance at 73.4O F (23O C)

on high quality symbols.
In . cm
W
10 3 1 .6 i
d
t
5 12.7 h

o
DS6707-SR 0 0 f

F
5 12.7 i
5 mil (Code 39)
0.9 5.4
e
l
10 mil I 2 of 5
1.0 7.9 10 25.4 d
13 mil (100% UPC/EAN)
0.9 8.4

20 mil (Code 39)

0.9 12.9
Postnet
2.6 12.5

In . 0 5 10 15
cm 0 12.7 25.4 38.1

Depth of Field

Figure 2-8 DS6707-SR Standard Range Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes
2 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

DS6707-SR Standard Range Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes

O O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C)
on high quality symbols. In . cm
W
10 3 1 .6 i
d
t
5 12.7 h

o
DS6707-SR 0 0 f

F
5 12.7 i
e
6.6 mil PDF417
1.4 5.2
l
10 mil QR Code 10 25.4 d
2.6 6.8
PDF417 (10 mil)
1.4 6.2
10 mil MicroPDF
2.3 7.50
Datamatrix (10 mil)
1.10 7.50
35 mil Maxicode
1.5 12.8

In . 0 5 10 15
cm 0 12.7 25.4 38.1

Depth of Field

Figure 2-9 DS6707-SR Standard Range Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes
 Scanning 2 - 11

DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 1D Bar Codes

O O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C)
on high quality symbols. In . cm
15 38.1

W
10 25.4 i
d
t
5 12.7 h

o
DS6707-DC 0 0 f

F
5 12.7 i
e
5 mil (Code 39)
2.6 8.4 l
2.6
Postnet 10 25.4 d
12.5

10 mil I 2 of 5
1.7 13.7
13 mil (100% UPC/EAN) 15 38.1
0.9 14.7

20 mil (Code 39)

1.2 21.4

In . 0 5 10 15 20 25
cm 0 12.7 25.4 38.1 50.8 63.5

Depth of Field

Figure 2-10 DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 1D Bar Codes
2 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes

O O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C) In . cm
on high quality symbols. 7.5 19.1

W
5 12.7 i
d
t
2.5 6.4 h

o
DS6707-DC 0 0 f

F
2.5 6.4 i
e
l
6.6 mil PDF417
3.2 8.2 5 12.7 d
10 mil QR Code
2.6 6.8

10 mil MicroPDF
2.3 7.5 7.5 19.1
PDF417 (10 mil)
2.4 11.1

Datamatrix (10 mil)

2.6 12.2
35 mil Maxicode
1.5 12.8

In . 0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15

cm 0 6.4 12.7 19.1 25.4 31.8 38.1

Depth of Field

Figure 2-11 DS6707-DC Document Capture Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes
 Scanning 2 - 13

DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes

O O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C)
on high quality symbols.

W
In . cm
i
2 5.1 d
t
h
1 2.5

o
DS6707-DP 0 0 f

F
3 mil Code 39
1 2.5 i
* 1.21
e
4 mil Code 39
* 1.83 2 5.1 l
5 mil Code 39 d
* 1.96

7.5 mil Code 39

* 2.96

10 mil Code 39
* 3.50
20 mil Code 39
* 6.21
13 mil 100% UPC
* 3.59
6.67 mil PDF417
* 1.59
10 mil PDF417
* 2.21

15 mil PDF417
0.92 3.05

In . 0 2 4 6
cm 0 5.1 10.2 15.2

Depth of Field

Figure 2-12 DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes
2 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes

O O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C)
on high quality symbols.
In . cm
0.75 1.9
W
i
0.5 1.27 d
t
0.25 0.64 h

DS6707-DP 0 0
o
f
0.25 0.64
F
*
4 mil Data Matrix
1.0
i
5 mil Data Matrix
0.5 1.27 e
* 1.29
l
7.5 mil Data Matrix
* 1.71
0.75 1.9 d
10 mil Data Matrix
* 2.13

4 mil QR Code
* 1.0
5 mil QR Code
* 1.25
7.5 mil QR Code
* 1.67
10 mil QR Code
* 2.0

In . 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5

cm 0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35

Depth of Field

Figure 2-13 DS6707-DP Direct Part Mark Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes
 Scanning 2 - 15

DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes

O O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4 F (23 C)
on high quality symbols.
In . cm W
3 7.6 i
d
2 5.1 t
h
1 2.5
o
DS6707-HD 0 0 f
1 2.5
F
3 mil Code 39
0.84 2.42 2 5.1 i
4 mil Code 39 e
0.42 3.13
3 7.6 l
5 mil Code 39
0.29 3.38 d
7.5 mil Code 39
* 4.38
10 mil Code 39
0.59 4.96
20 mil Code 39
0.42 8.21

13 mil 100% UPC/EAN

0.21 5.13
6.67 mil PDF417
0.63 3.10
10 mil PDF417 3.54
0.46
15 mil PDF417
1.33 4.46

In . 0 2 4 6 8
cm 0 5.1 10.2 15.2 20.3

Depth of Field

Figure 2-14 DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 1D and PDF417 Bar Codes
2 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner - 2D Bar Codes

O
Note: Typical performance at 73.4O F (23 C)
on high quality symbols.

In . cm
1.5 3.81 W
i
1.0 2.54 d
t
0.5 1.27 h

DS6707-HD 0 0 o
f
0.5 1.27
F
1.04
4 mil Data Matrix
2.13
i
1.0 2.54
5 mil Data Matrix
e
0.79 2.50
l
7.5 mil Data Matrix 1.5 3.81
0.50 3.00 d
10 mil Data Matrix
0.54 3.50
4 mil QR Code
1.13 2.17
5 mil QR Code
0.88 2.54
7.5 mil QR Code
0.67 3.00
10 mil QR Code
0.46 3.42

In . 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5

cm 0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62 8.89

Depth of Field

Figure 2-15 DS6707-HD High Density Digital Imager Scanner Decode Zone for 2D Bar Codes
CHAPTER 3 MAINTENANCE & TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

Introduction
This chapter provides suggested digital imager scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical
specifications, and signal descriptions (pinouts).

Maintenance
Digital Scanner
Cleaning the exit window is required. A dirty window may affect scanning accuracy.

• Do not allow any abrasive material to touch the window.

• Remove any dirt particles with a damp cloth.
• Wipe the window using a tissue moistened with ammonia/water.
• Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the window.
The DS6707-HC design allows safe cleansing of the product plastics with a variety of cleaning products and
disinfectants. If required, wipe the digital imager scanner with the following list of approved cleansers:

• Super Sani-Cloth® Wipes

• Clorox® Bleach
• Windex® Antimicrobial
• Cavi-Wipes
• Isopropyl 70-80%
• Virex® 5 Wipes®
• Ethanol 80%
• Gentle dish soap and water
3-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Troubleshooting

Table 3-1 Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions

The aiming pattern does not No power to the digital imager If the configuration requires a power
appear when pressing the scanner. supply, re-connect the power supply.
trigger.
Incorrect host interface cable is Connect the correct host interface cable.
used.

Interface/power cables are Re-connect cables.

loose.

Digital imager scanner is See the technical person in charge of

disabled. scanning.

If using RS-232 Nixdorf B Assert CTS line.

mode, CTS is not asserted.

Aiming pattern is disabled. Enable the aiming pattern. See

Decode Aiming Pattern on page 4-18.

Scanner emits short low/short The USB bus may put the Normal during host reset.
medium/short high beep digital imager scanner in a state
sequence (power-up beep where power to the digital
sequence) more than once. imager scanner is cycled on
and off more than once.

Digital imager scanner emits Digital imager scanner is not Program the digital imager scanner to
aiming pattern, but does not programmed for the correct bar read that type of bar code. See Chapter
decode the bar code. code type. 10, Symbologies.

Bar code symbol is unreadable. Scan test symbols of the same bar code
type to determine if the bar code is
defaced.

The symbol is not completely Move the symbol completely within the
inside aiming pattern. aiming pattern.

Digital imager scanner emits 4 Digital imager scanner has not Wait several seconds and scan again.
short high beeps during decode completed USB initialization.
attempt.

Host displays scanned data Digital imager scanner is not Scan the appropriate host type
incorrectly. programmed to work with the programming bar code.
host.
For RS-232, set the digital imager
scanner's communication parameters to
match the host's settings.

Program the proper editing options

(e.g., UPC-E to UPC-A Conversion).
 Maintenance & Technical Specifications 3-3

Table 3-1 Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions

Digital imager scanner decodes Digital imager scanner is not Scan the appropriate host type
bar code, but does not transmit programmed for the correct programming bar code. See the chapter
the data to the host. host type. corresponding to the host type.

Interface cable is loose. Re-connect the cable.

If 4 long low beeps are heard, a Set the digital imager scanner's
transmission error occurred. communication parameters to match the
host's setting.

If 5 low beeps are heard, a Configure the digital imager scanner's

conversion or format error conversion parameters properly.
occurred.

If low/high/low beeps sound, an Program the correct ADF rules.

invalid ADF rule is detected.

If high/low beeps sound, the Normal scanning a Code 39 bar code and
digital imager scanner is the Code 39 Buffering option is enabled.
buffering Code 39 data.

Digital imager scanner emits RS-232 receive error. Normal during host reset. Otherwise, set
high/high/high/low beeps when the digital imager scanner's RS-232 parity
not in use. to match the host setting.

Digital imager scanner emits Input error or Cancel bar code Scan the correct numeric bar codes
low/high beeps during was scanned. within range for the parameter
programming. programmed.

Digital imager scanner emits Out of ADF parameter storage Erase all rules and re-program with
low/high/low/high beeps during space. shorter rules.
programming.

Digital imager scanner emits Clearing Code 39 buffer. Normal when scanning the Code 39
low/high/low beeps. Buffering Clear Buffer bar code or upon
attempt to transmit an empty Code 39
buffer.

Digital imager scanner emits a The USB bus re-established Normal when changing USB host type.
power-up beep after changing power to the digital imager
USB host type. scanner.

Digital imager scanner emits one In RS-232 mode, a <BEL> Normal when Beep on <BEL> is enabled
high beep when not in use. character was received and and the digital imager scanner is in
Beep on <BEL> option is RS-232 mode.
enabled.

NOTE If after performing these checks the digital imager scanner still experiences problems, contact the
distributor or Zebra Support. See page xviii for the telephone numbers.
3-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Technical Specifications

Table 3-2 Technical Specifications

Item Description

Physical Characteristics

Dimensions DS6707-DP: 6.55 in. x 5.08 in. x 2.82 in. (16.6 cm x 12.9 cm x 7.1 cm)
(For Scanner Only; Not (H x L x W)
Including Base) All other models: 6.55 in. x 4.72 in. x 2.82 in. (16.6 cm x 11.9 cm x 7.1 cm)
(H x L x W)

Weight: DS6707-DP: 7.4 oz. (209 gm)

All other models: 6.4 oz. (182 gm)

Voltage & Current: 5 +/-10%VDC @ 350 mA

Color Cash Register White or Twilight Black

(DS6707-DP is only available in Cash Register White)

Performance Characteristics

Light Source Aiming: 650 nm laser diode

Illumination: 630 nm LED

Field of View Document Capture: 35º (V) x 44º (H)

(Vertical x Horizontal) Standard Range, Direct Part Mark, High Density: 34º (V) x 43º (H)

Roll 360º
Pitch +/- 65º
Yaw +/- 60º

Symbology Decode Capability

1D UPC/EAN and with supplementals, Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Code 128, Code
128 Full ASCII, GS1-128, ISBT 128, Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Trioptic
Code 39, Code 32, Code 93, Code 11, Interleaved 2 of 5, Discrete 2 of 5,
Codabar (NW1), MSI, Chinese 2 of 5, Matrix 2 of 5, GS1 DataBar variants,
IATA, Inverse 1D

Postal US Postnet and Planet, UK Postal, Japan, Australia, Netherlands KIX Code,
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, UPU FICS Postal

PDF417 (& Variants) PDF417, MicroPDF417, Composite Codes

2D Data Matrix (ECC 200), MaxiCode, QR Code, Aztec

DPM (DS6707-DP only) Data Matrix marks applied by dot peening; laser etch, ink marks, chemical etch,
inkjet mold, cast and thermal spray
 Maintenance & Technical Specifications 3-5

Table 3-2 Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item Description

Typical Working Distance: 5 mil Code 39: 0.9 - 5.4 in. (2.3 - 13.7 cm)
SR - Standard Range Focus 10 mil I 2 of 5: 1.0 - 7.9 in. (2.5 - 20.1 cm)
13 mil 100% UPC/EAN: 0.9 - 8.4 in. (2.3 - 21.3 cm)
20 mil Code 39: 0.9 - 12.9 in. (2.3 - 32.8 cm)
Postnet: 2.6 - 12.5 in. (6.6 - 31.8 cm)
6.6 mil PDF417: 3.4 - 5.7 in. (8.6 - 14.5 cm)
10 mil PDF417: 1.4 - 6.2 in. (3.6 - 15.7 cm)
10 mil QR Code: 2.6 - 6.8 in. (6.6 - 17.3 cm)
10 mil MicroPDF 2.3 - 7.5 in. (5.8 - 19.1 cm)
10 mil Data Matrix: 1.1 - 7.5 in. (2.8 - 19.1 cm)
35 mil Maxicode: 1.5 - 12.8 in. (3.8 - 32.5 cm)

Typical Working Distance: 5 mil Code 39: 2.6 - 8.4 in. (6.6 - 21.3 cm)
DC - Document Capture 10 mil I 2 of 5: 1.7 - 13.7 in. (4.3 - 34.8 cm)
focus 13 mil 100% UPC/EAN: 0.9 - 14.7 in. (2.3 - 37.3 cm)
20 mil Code 39: 1.2 - 21.4 in. (3.0 - 54.4 cm)
Postnet: 2.6 - 12.5 in. (6.6 - 31.8 cm)
6.6 mil PDF417: 3.2 - 8.2 in. (8.1 - 20.8 cm)
10 mil PDF417: 2.4 - 11.1 in. (6.1 - 28.2 cm)
10 mil QR Code: 2.6 - 6.8 in. (6.6 - 17.3 cm)
10 mil MicroPDF: 2.3 - 7.5 in. (5.8 - 19.1 cm)
10 mil Data Matrix: 2.6 - 12.2 in. (6.6 - 31.0 cm)
35 mil Maxicode: 1.5 - 12.8 in. (3.8 - 32.5 cm)

Typical Working Distance: 3 mil Code 39: Up to 1.21 in. (3.07 cm)
DP - Direct Part Mark focus 4 mil Code 39: Up to 1.83 in. (4.65 cm)
5 mil Code 39: Up to 1.96 in. (4.98 cm)
7.5 mil Code 39: Up to 2.96 in. (7.52 cm)
10 mil Code 39: Up to 3.50 in. (8.89 cm)
20 mil Code 39: Up to 6.21 in. (15.77 cm)
13 mil 100% UPC/EAN: Up to 3.59 in. (9.12 cm)
6.67 mil PDF417: Up to 1.59 in. (4.04 cm)
10 mil PDF417: Up to 2.21 in. (5.61 cm)
15 mil PDF417: 0.92 - 3.05 in. (2.34 - 7.75 cm)
4 mil Data Matrix: Up to 1.00 in. (2.54 cm)
5 mil Data Matrix: Up to 1.29 in. (3.28 cm)
7.5 mil Data Matrix: Up to 1.71 in. (4.34 cm)
10 mil Data Matrix: Up to 2.13 in. (5.41 cm)
4 mil QR Code: Up to 1.00 in. (2.54 cm)
5 mil QR Code: Up to 1.25 in. (3.18 cm)
7.5 mil QR Code: Up to 1.67 in. (4.24 cm)
10 mil QR Code: Up to 2.00 in. (5.08 cm)
3-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 3-2 Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item Description

Typical Working Distance: 3 mil Code 39: 0.84 - 2.42 in. (2.13 - 6.15 cm)
HD - High Density 4 mil Code 39: 0.42 - 3.13 in. (1.07 - 7.95 cm)
5 mil Code 39: 0.29 - 3.38 in. (0.74 - 8.59 cm)
7.5 mil Code 39: Up to 4.38 in. (11.13 cm)
10 mil Code 39: 0.59 - 4.96 in. (1.50 - 12.60 cm)
20 mil Code 39: 0.42 - 8.21 in. (1.07 - 20.85 cm)
13 mil 100% UPC: 0.21 - 5.13 in. (0.53 - 13.03 cm)
6.67 mil PDF417: 0.63 - 3.10 in. (1.60 - 7.87 cm)
10 mil PDF417: 0.46 - 3.54 in. (1.17 - 9.00 cm)
15 mil PDF417: 1.33 - 4.46 in. (3.38 - 11.33 cm)
4 mil Data Matrix: 1.04 - 2.13 in. (2.64 - 5.41 cm)
5 mil Data Matrix: 0.79 - 2.50 in. (2.01 - 6.35 cm)
7.5 mil Data Matrix: 0.50 - 3.00 in. (1.27 - 7.62 cm)
10 mil Data Matrix: 0.54 - 3.50 in. (1.37 - 8.89 cm)
4 mil QR Code: 1.13 - 2.17 in. (2.87 - 5.51 cm)
5 mil QR Code: 0.88 - 2.54 in. (2.24 - 6.45 cm)
7.5 mil QR Code: 0.67 - 3.00 in. (1.70 - 7.62 cm)
10 mil QR Code: 0.46 - 3.42 in. (1.17 - 8.69 cm)

Print Contrast 25% minimum reflectance

Motion Tolerances Horizontal Velocity: 5 in. (12.7 cm) per second

Interfaces Supported RS-232C (Standard, Nixdorf, ICL, & Fujitsu) and USB (Standard, IBM SurePOS,
Macintosh) allows for connectivity to all of the above plus many non-standard
interfaces.

Imaging Characteristics

Image (# of Pixels) 1.3 Mega Pixel: 1280 (H) x 1024 (V)

Graphics Format Support Images can be exported as Bitmap, JPEG, and TIFF

Image Transfer Speed USB 1.1:Up to 12 Megabits/second

RS232:Up to 115 kB Baud Rate

Image Transfer Time Typical USB application is ~ 0.2 seconds with a compressed JPEG of 100 kB

Imaging Distance Documents Sizes: Minimum Distance (Approximate)

(Vertical x Horizontal) 2.125 x 3.375 in. (5.4 x 8.6 cm) 2.4 in. (6.1 cm)
4 x 6 in. (10.2 x 15.2 cm) 5.7 in. (14.5 cm)
5 x 7 in. (12.7 x 17.8 cm) 11.9 in. (30.2 cm)
8½ x 11 (21.6 x 28 cm) 11.9 in.
Ranges are from the nose of the scanner and are based on document capture
focus only.
 Maintenance & Technical Specifications 3-7

Table 3-2 Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item Description

User Environment

Operating Temperature 32º F to 104º F (0º C to 40º C)

Storage Temperature -40º F to 158º F (-40º C to 70º C)

Humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing

Drop Specifications Withstands multiple 5 ft. (1.52 m) drops to concrete at operating temperature
(For Scanner Only; Not extremes, and multiple 6 ft. (1.8 m) drops to concrete at room temperature
Including Base) (23º C)

Ambient Light Immunity Immune to normal artificial indoor and natural outdoor (direct sunlight) lighting
3-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Digital Imager Scanner Signal Descriptions

Bottom of digital imager scanner

Cable interface port

Pin 10 Pin 1

Interface cable
modular connector

Figure 3-1 Digital Imager Scanner Cable Pinouts

The signal descriptions in Table 3-3 apply to the connectors on the DS6707 digital imager scanner and are for
reference only.

Table 3-3 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Signal Pin-outs

Pin RS-232/SSI USB

1 Reserved Jump to Pin 6

2 Power Power

3 Ground Ground

4 TxD Reserved

5 RxD D+

6 RTS Jump to Pin 1

7 CTS D-

8 Reserved Reserved

9 Reserved Reserved

10 Reserved Reserved
CHAPTER 4 USER PREFERENCES &
MISCELLANEOUS DIGITAL
IMAGER SCANNER OPTIONS
Introduction
You can program the digital imager scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This
chapter describes each user preference feature and provides programming bar codes for selecting these
features.

The digital imager scanner ships with the settings shown in Table 4-1 on page 4-2 (also see Appendix A,
Standard Default Parameters for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit
requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital imager scanner.

NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and
bars and/or spaces are not merging.

If not using a USB cable, select a host type after the power-up beeps sound. See Chapter 6, SSI Interface
Chapter 7, USB Interface and Chapter 8, RS-232 Interface for specific host information. This is only necessary
upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.

To return all features to default values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Throughout the
programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default *High Volume Feature/Option

(00h)
Option Hex Value for
programming via SSI
command
4-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to set the beeper tone to high,
scan the High Frequency (beeper tone) bar code listed under Beeper Tone on page 4-5. The digital imager
scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

Other parameters, such as Serial Response Time-Out or Data Transmission Formats, require scanning
several bar codes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

User Preferences and Miscellaneous Options - Parameter Defaults

Table 4-1 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. There are two ways to change the default values:

• Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in
memory. To recall the default parameter values, see the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4.
• Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in
this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar
codes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for
changing parameters using this method.

NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and
miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 4-1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter Parameter Default Page

Number Number

User Preferences

Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults 4-4

Parameter Scanning ECh Enable 4-5

Beeper Tone 91h Medium 4-5

Beeper Volume 8Ch High 4-6

Suppress Power-up Beeps F1h D1h Do not suppress 4-6

Power Mode 80h Continuous On 4-7

Time Delay to Low Power Mode 92h 1 Minute 4-8

Trigger Mode 8Ah Auto Aim 4-9

Picklist Mode F0h 92h Disabled Always 4-10

Presentation Mode Time Delay F1h E9h Disable (3 Secs for Scanner 4-11
with Base)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-3

Table 4-1 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Mobile Phone/Display Mode F1h CCh Disable 4-13

Mobile Phone Decode Aggressiveness F1h D6h 4-14

Decode Session Timeout 88h 9.9 Sec 4-15

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 89h 0.6 Sec 4-15

Beep After Good Decode 38h Enable 4-16

Decoding Illumination F0h 2Ah Enable 4-16

DP Illumination F1h 3Bh Auto 4-17

Decode Aiming Pattern F0h 32h Enable 4-18

Fuzzy 1D Processing F1h 02h Enable 4-18

Decode Mirror Images F1h 19h Auto 4-19

PDF Prioritization F1h CFh Disable 4-20

PDF Prioritization Timeout F1h D0h 200 ms 4-20

Miscellaneous Options

Transmit Code ID Character 2Dh None 4-21

Prefix Value 63h 69h 7013 <CR><LF> 4-22

Suffix 1 Value 62h 68h 7013 <CR><LF> 4-22

Suffix 2 Value 64h 6Ah

Scan Data Transmission Format EBh Data as is 4-23

FN1 Substitution Values 67h 6Dh Set 4-24

Transmit “No Read” Message 5Eh Disable 4-25

4-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

User Preferences
Set Default Parameter
You can reset the DS6707 to two types of defaults: factory defaults or custom defaults. Scan the appropriate
bar code below to reset the scanner to its default settings and/or set its current settings as custom defaults.

• Restore Defaults - Scan this bar code to reset all default parameters as follows.
• If you previously set custom defaults by scanning Write to Custom Defaults, scan Restore Defaults
to retrieve and restore the scanner’s custom default settings.
• If you did not set custom defaults, scan Restore Defaults to restore the factory default values listed in
Table A-1.
• Set Factory Defaults - Scan this bar code to restore the factory default values listed in Table A-1. This
deletes any custom defaults set.
• Write to Custom Defaults - Scan this bar code to set the current scanner settings as custom defaults.
Once set, you can recover custom default settings by scanning Restore Defaults.

*Restore Defaults

Set Factory Defaults

Write to Custom Defaults

 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-5

Parameter Scanning
Parameter # ECh
To disable decoding of parameter bar codes, including the Set Defaults parameter bar codes, scan the
Disable Parameter Scanning bar code below. To re-enable decoding of parameter bar codes, scan Enable
Parameter Scanning.

*Enable Parameter Scanning

(01h)

Disable Parameter Scanning

(00h)

Beeper Tone
Parameter # 91h
To select a decode beep frequency (tone), scan the Low Frequency, Medium Frequency, or High
Frequency bar code.

Low Frequency
(02h)

*Medium Frequency
(Optimum Setting)
(01h)

High Frequency
(00h)
4-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Beeper Volume
Parameter # 8Ch
To select a beeper volume, scan the Low Volume, Medium Volume, or High Volume bar code.

Low Volume
(02h)

Medium Volume
(01h)

*High Volume
(00h)

Suppress Power-up Beeps

Parameter # F1h D1h
Select whether or not to suppress the digital imager scanner’s power-up beeps.

* Do Not Suppress Power-up Beeps

(00h)

Suppress Power-up Beeps

(01h)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-7

Power Mode
Parameter # 80h
This parameter determines whether or not power remains on after a decode attempt. In reduced power mode,
the digital imager scanner enters into a low power consumption mode to preserve battery life after each
decode attempt. In continuous power mode, power remains on after each decode attempt.

*Continuous On
(00h)

Reduced Power Mode

(01h)
4-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Parameter # 92h
NOTE This parameter only applies when Power Mode is set to Reduced Power.

This parameter sets the time the digital imager scanner remains active after decoding. The digital imager
scanner wakes upon trigger pull or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital imager scanner.

1 Second
(11h)

5 Seconds
(15h)

*1 Minute
(21h)

5 Minutes
(25h)

15 Minutes
(2Bh)

1 Hour
(31h)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4-9

Trigger Mode
Parameter # 8Ah
Select one of the following trigger modes for the digital imager scanner:

• Level - A trigger pull activates decode processing. Decode processing continues until the bar code is
decoded, the trigger is released, or the Decode Session Timeout is reached.
• Blink - This trigger mode is used in presentation (hands-free) mode. The digital imager scanner activates
decode processing when it detects a bar code in its field of view. Decoding range is reduced in this mode.
• Auto Aim - This trigger mode turns on the red laser aiming pattern when the digital imager scanner
senses motion. A trigger pull activates decode processing. After 2 seconds of inactivity the red laser
aiming pattern automatically shuts off.
• Host - A host command issues the triggering signal. The digital imager scanner interprets an actual
trigger pull as a Level triggering option.

Level
(00h)

Blink
(07h)

*Auto Aim
(09h)

Host
(08h)
4 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Picklist Mode
Parameter # F0h 92h
Picklist mode enables the digital imager scanner to decode only bar codes that are aligned under the laser
crosshair. Select one of the following picklist modes for the digital imager scanner:

• Disabled Always - Picklist mode is always disabled.

• Enabled Out of Scanstand - Picklist mode is enabled when the digital imager scanner is out of
presentation (scanstand) mode and disabled when the digital imager scanner is in presentation mode.
• Enabled Always- Picklist mode is always enabled.

*Disabled Always
(00h)

Enabled Out of Scanstand

(01h)

Enabled Always
(02h)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 11

Presentation Time Delay Mode

Parameter # F1h E9h
Use this option to set the time the digital imager scanner enters into in hands-free mode. The default is Disable
feature. The digital imager scanner will remain in hands-free mode until the trigger is pulled and released at
which point the digital imager scanner will revert to the current trigger mode setting. If the trigger is unused for
the duration of the time delay mode, the digital imager scanner will remain in hands-free mode.

Simulated Scan Base Operation

When using the Digital Imager Scanner with Base (see Figure 1-2 on page 1-1), this parameter is enabled with
a default of 3 Seconds.

*Disable

1 Sec

2 Secs

**3 Secs

4 Secs

5 Secs
4 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Presentation Time Delay Mode (continued)

6 Secs

7 Secs

8 Secs

9 Secs

NOTE *The Digital Imager Scanner default is Disable for the Presentation Time Delay Mode parameter.
**The Digital Imager Scanner with Base default is 3 Secs for the Presentation Time Delay Mode
parameter.
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 13

Mobile Phone/Display Mode

Parameter # F1h CCh
This mode improves bar code reading performance off mobile phones and electronic displays. Enable this in
hand-held, hands-free, or both modes, or disable this.

*Disable Mobile Phone/Display Mode

(00h)

Enable in Hand-Held Mode

(01h)

Enable in Hands-Free Mode

(02h)

Enable in Both Modes

(03h)
4 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Mobile Phone Decode Aggressiveness

Parameter # F1h D6h
This mode is used to decode bar codes from the LCD display. This parameter is used to adjust the
aggressiveness of cell phone bar code reading versus paper label bar code reading.

NOTE When higher cell phone aggressiveness parameter settings are used, it may impact the paper
label bar code reading.

Low
(04h)

*Medium
(07h)

High
(odh)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 15

Decode Session Timeout

Parameter # 88h
This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt. It is
programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The default timeout is 9.9 seconds.

To set a Decode Session Timeout, scan the bar code below. Next, scan two numeric bar codes from Appendix
D, Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired on time. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.
For example, to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0.5 seconds, scan the bar code below, then scan the 0 and
5 bar codes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.

Decode Session Timeout

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Parameter # 89h
Use this option in presentation (hands-free) mode to prevent the beeper from continuously beeping when a
symbol is left in the digital imager scanner’s field of view. The bar code must be out of the field of view for the
timeout period before the scanner reads the same consecutive symbol. It is programmable in 0.1 second
increments from 0.0 to 9.9 seconds. The default interval is 0.6 seconds.

To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol, scan the bar code below, then scan two numeric
bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1 second
increments.

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

4 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Beep After Good Decode

Parameter # 38h
Select a bar code below to choose whether or not the digital imager scanner beeps after a good decode (or
image capture in Snapshot mode). If you select Do Not Beep After Good Decode, the beeper still operates
during parameter menu scanning and to indicate error conditions.

*Beep After Good Decode

(Enable)
(01h)

Do Not Beep After Good Decode

(Disable)
(00h)

Decoding Illumination
Parameter # F0h 2Ah
Selecting Enable Decoding Illumination causes the digital imager scanner to flash illumination to aid
decoding. Select Disable Decoding Illumination to prevent the digital imager scanner from using decoding
illumination.

Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the
distance to the target increases.

*Enable Decoding Illumination

(01h)

Disable Decoding Illumination

(00h)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 17

DP Illumination
Parameter # F1h 3Bh
This parameter controls whether the digital imager scanner uses direct or indirect illumination. Options are:

• Auto Illumination: Alternates direct and indirect illumination.

• Direct Illumination: Optimizes scanning of symbols printed on low contrast or opaque surfaces. For
best results, hold the scanner at an angle when scanning using this option.
• Indirect Illumination: Optimizes scanning of symbols printed on mirror-like or shiny surfaces.

*Auto Illumination
(01h)

Direct Illumination
(02h)

Indirect Illumination
(03h)
4 - 18 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Decode Aiming Pattern

Parameter # F0h 32h
This parameter only applies when in Decode Mode. Select Enable Decode Aiming Pattern to project the
aiming pattern during bar code capture, or Disable Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off.

NOTE With picklist enabled, the decode aiming pattern flashes even when the Decode Aiming Pattern is
disabled.

*Enable Decode Aiming Pattern

(02h)

Disable Decode Aiming Pattern

(00h)

Fuzzy 1D Processing
Parameter # F1h 02h
This option is enabled by default to optimize decode performance on 1D bar codes, including damaged and
poor quality symbols. Disable this only if you experience time delays when decoding 2D bar codes, or in
detecting a no decode.

*Enable Fuzzy 1D Processing

(01h)

Disable Fuzzy 1D Processing

(00h)
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 19

Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only)

Parameter # F1h 19h
Select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix bar codes:

• Always - decode only Data Matrix bar codes that are mirror images
• Never - do not decode Data Matrix bar codes that are mirror images
• Auto - decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix bar codes.

Never
(00h)

Always
(01h)

*Auto
(02h)
4 - 20 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

PDF Prioritization
Parameter # F1h CFh
Enable this feature to delay decoding a 1D bar code (Code 128 of 8 to 25 characters length) by the value
specified in PDF Prioritization Timeout. During that time the digital imager scanner attempts to decode a
PDF417 symbol (e.g., on a US driver's license), and if successful reports this only. If it does not decode (can
not find) a PDF417 symbol, it reports the 1D symbol after the timeout. The 1D symbol must be in the device’s
field of view for the scanner to report it. This parameter does not affect decoding other symbologies.

* Disable PDF Prioritization

(00h)

Enable PDF Prioritization

(01h)

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Parameter # F1h D0h
When PDF Prioritization is enabled, this timeout specifies how long the digital imager scanner attempts to
decode a PDF417 symbol before reporting the 1D bar code in the field of view.

Scan the following bar code, then scan four digits from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes that specify the
timeout in milliseconds. For example, to enter 400 ms, scan the following bar code, then scan 0400. The range
is 0 to 5000 ms, and the default is 200 ms.

PDF Prioritization Timeout

NOTE PDF Prioritization Timeout must be at least one second lower than the Decode Session Timeout.
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 21

Miscellaneous Scanner Parameters

Transmit Code ID Character
Parameter # 2Dh
A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned bar code. This is useful when the digital imager
scanner is decoding more than one code type. In addition to any single character prefix already selected, the
Code ID character is inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol.

Select no Code ID character, a Symbol Code ID character, or an AIM Code ID character. For Code ID
Characters, see Symbol Code Identifiers on page B-1 and AIM Code Identifiers on page B-3.

Symbol Code ID Character

(02h)

AIM Code ID Character

(01h)

*None
(00h)
4 - 22 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Prefix/Suffix Values
Key Category Parameter # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2 = 64h
Decimal Value Parameter # P = 69h, S1 = 68h, S2 = 6Ah
You can append a prefix and/or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing. To set a value for a
prefix or suffix, scan a four-digit number (i.e., four bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes) that
corresponds to that value. See Table E-1 on page E-1 for the four-digit codes.

When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the 3-digit
decimal value. See Table E-1 on page E-1 for the four-digit codes.

To correct an error or change a selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.

NOTE To use Prefix/Suffix values, first set the Scan Data Transmission Format on page 4-23.

Scan Prefix
(07h)

Scan Suffix 1
(06h)

Scan Suffix 2
(08h)

Data Format Cancel

 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 23

Scan Data Transmission Format

Parameter # EBh
To change the scan data format, scan one of the following bar codes corresponding to the desired format.

NOTE If using this parameter, do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix.

To set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix Values on page 4-22.

*Data As Is
(00h)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(01h)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(02h)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(03h)

<PREFIX> <DATA >

(04h)
4 - 24 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Scan Data Transmission Format (continued)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(05h)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(06h)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(07h)

FN1 Substitution Values

Key Category Parameter # 67h
Decimal Value Parameter # 6Dh
The USB Keyboard (HID) host supports a FN1 substitution feature. Enabling this substitutes any FN1
character (0x1b) in a GS1-128 bar code with a user-defined value. This value defaults to 7013 (Enter Key).
When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value, set the key category parameter to 1, then set
the 3-digit keystroke value. See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the desired
value.
To select a FN1 substitution value via bar code menus:
1. Scan the bar code below.

Set FN1 Substitution Value

2. Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host
interface. Enter the 4-digit ASCII value by scanning each digit in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes.
To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.
To enable FN1 substitution for USB Keyboard (HID), scan the Enable FN1 Substitution bar code on page
4-24.
 User Preferences & Miscellaneous Digital Imager Scanner Options 4 - 25

Transmit “No Read” Message

Parameter # 5Eh
Scan a bar code below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Enable this to transmit the
characters NR when a bar code is not decoded. Disable this to send nothing to the host if a symbol does not
decode.

Enable No Read
(01h)

*Disable No Read
(00h)
4 - 26 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
CHAPTER 5 IMAGING PREFERENCES

Introduction
You can program the digital imager scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This
chapter describes imaging preference features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these
features.

The digital imager scanner ships with the settings in Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 5-2
(also see Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the
default values suit requirements, programming is not necessary.

To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital imager scanner.

NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and
bars and/or spaces are not merging.

If not using a USB cable, select a host type after the power-up beeps sound. See Chapter 6, SSI Interface,
Chapter 7, USB Interface and Chapter 8, RS-232 Interface for specific host information. This is only necessary
upon the first power-up when connecting to a new host.

To return all features to default values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Throughout the
programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

Feature/Option
* Indicates Default *Enable Decode Aiming Pattern
(02h) Option Hex Value
for programming
via SSI command
5-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to disable the decode aiming
pattern, scan the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern bar code under Decode Aiming Pattern on page 4-18. The
digital imager scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter
entry.

Other parameters require scanning several bar codes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 5-1 lists the defaults for imaging preferences parameters. There are two ways to change the default
values:

• Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in
memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4.
• Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in
this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar
codes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for
changing parameters using this method.

NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and
miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 5-1 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter Parameter Default Page

Number Number

Imaging Preferences

Operational Modes N/A N/A 5-4

Low Light Enhancement F1h 64h Disable 5-5

Presentation Mode Field of View F1h 61h Default (Reduced) 5-5

Image Capture Autoexposure F0h 68h Enable 5-6

Image Capture Illumination F0h 69h Enable 5-6

Illumination Bank Control F1h 3Bh Full 5-7

Fixed Exposure F4h F1h 37h 100 5-8

Fixed Gain F1h 38h 50 5-8

Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode F1h 32h Autodetect 5-9

Snapshot Mode Timeout F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) 5-10

 Imaging Preferences 5-3

Table 5-1 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Snapshot Aiming Pattern F0h 2Ch Enable 5-10

Image Cropping F0h 2Dh Disable 5-11

Crop to Pixel Addresses F4h F0h 3Bh; 0 top, 0 left, 1023 bottom, 5-12
F4h F0h 3Ch; 1279 right
F4h F0h 3Dh;
F4h F0h 3Eh

Image Size (Number of Pixels) F0h 2Eh Full 5-13

Image Brightness (Target White) F0h 86h 180 5-14

JPEG Image Options F0h 2Bh Quality 5-14

JPEG Target File Size F1h 31h 160 kB 5-15

JPEG Quality and Size Value F0h 31h 65 5-15

Image Enhancement F1h 34h Off (0) 5-16

Image File Format Selection F0h 30h JPEG 5-17

Image Rotation F1h 99h 0 5-18

Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 2Fh 8 BPP 5-19

Signature Capture 5Dh Disable 5-20

Signature Capture Image File Format F0h 39h JPEG 5-21

Selection

Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 3Ah 8 BPP 5-22

Signature Capture Width F4h F0h 6Eh 400 5-23

Signature Capture Height F4h F0h 6Fh 100 5-23

Signature Capture JPEG Quality F0h A5h 65 5-23

Video Mode Format Selector F2h 94h JPEG 5-24

Video View Finder F0h 44h Disable 5-24

Target Video Frame Size F0h 48h 2200 bytes 5-25

Video View Finder Image Size F0h 49h 1700 bytes 5-25
5-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Imaging Preferences
The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics. Image capture occurs in all modes of
operation, including decode, video, and snapshot.

Operational Modes
The digital imager scanner has three modes of operation:
• Decode Mode
• Snapshot Mode
• Video Mode.

Decode Mode
By default, when you pull the trigger the digital imager scanner attempts to locate and decode enabled bar
codes within its field of view. The digital imager scanner remains in this mode until it decodes a bar code or you
release the trigger.

Snapshot Mode
Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high-quality image and transmit it to the host. To temporarily enter this mode
scan the Snapshot Mode bar code. While in this mode the digital imager scanner blinks the green LED at
1-second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating (decode) mode.

In Snapshot Mode, the digital imager scanner turns on its laser aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in
the image. The next trigger pull instructs the digital imager scanner to capture a high quality image and
transmit it to the host. A short time may pass (less than 2 seconds) between when the trigger is pulled and the
image is captured as the digital imager scanner adjusts to the lighting conditions. Hold the digital imager
scanner steady until the image is captured, denoted by a single beep.

If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period, the digital imager scanner returns to
Decode Mode. Use Snapshot Mode Timeout on page 5-10 to adjust this timeout period. The default timeout
period is 30 seconds.

To disable the laser aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode, see Snapshot Aiming Pattern on page 5-10.

Video Mode
In this mode the digital imager scanner behaves as a video camera as long as you press the trigger. Release
the trigger to return the digital imager scanner to Decode Mode. Scan this bar code to temporarily enter Video
Capture Mode.

Snapshot Mode

Video Mode
 Imaging Preferences 5-5

Low Light Enhancement

Parameter # F1h 64h
In presentation mode, selecting Enable Low Light Enhancement causes illumination to remain on at a low
level in low lighting conditions. Select Disable Low Light Enhancement to prevent illumination from
remaining on under these conditions.

Enable Low Light Enhancement

(01h)

*Disable Low Light Enhancement

(00h)

Presentation Mode Field of View

Parameter # F1h 61h
In presentation mode, the scanner searches for a bar code in a smaller region around the aiming pattern’s
center cross to speed search time.

To use a full field of view, scan Presentation Mode Full Field of View. This allows the scanner to search the
larger area of the aiming pattern.

*Presentation Mode Default Field of View

(01h)

Presentation Mode Full Field of View

(02h)
5-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Image Capture Autoexposure

Parameter # F0h 68h
Select Enable Image Capture Autoexposure to allow the digital imager scanner to control gain settings and
exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for the selected operation mode.

Select Disable Image Capture Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time (see the
following pages). This option is only recommended for advanced users with difficult image capture situations.

*Enable Image Capture Autoexposure

(01h)

Disable Image Capture Autoexposure

(00h)

Image Capture Illumination

Parameter # F0h 69h
Selecting Enable Image Capture Illumination causes the digital imager scanner to flash on every image
capture. Select Disable Image Capture Illumination to prevent the digital imager scanner from using artificial
illumination.

Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as the
distance to the target increases.

*Enable Image Capture Illumination

(01h)

Disable Image Capture Illumination

(00h)
 Imaging Preferences 5-7

Illumination Bank Control

Parameter # F1h 3Bh

This parameter controls the illumination banks on the scan engine. Options are:

• Full: Enables the full illumination system (default).

• Auto: Switches the illumination system from left to right bank.
• Left: Enables the left bank.
• Right: Enables the right bank.

*Full
(00h)

Auto
(01h)

Left
(02h)

Right
(03h)
5-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Fixed Exposure
Parameter #: F4h F1h 37h
Type: Word

Range: 5 - 5000

This parameter configures the exposure used in manual mode for both Decode and Snapshot/Video/Video
viewfinder modes.

Each integer value represents 100 s worth of exposure. The default value is 100 which results in an exposure
setting of 10 ms.

To set the Fixed Exposure parameter, scan Fixed Exposure followed by four numeric bar codes representing
the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99, scan 0, 0, 9, 9. See
Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes.

Fixed Exposure
(4 digits)

Fixed Gain
Parameter #: F1h 38h
Type: Byte

Range 1 - 100

This parameter configures the gain setting used in manual mode for both Decode and Snapshot/Video/Video
viewfinder modes.

A value of 1 indicates that gain is not used for image capture. A value of 100 indicates that maximum gain is
used for image capture. The default value of this parameter is 50.

To set the Fixed Gain parameter, scan Fixed Gain below followed by three numeric bar codes representing the
value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Gain value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See Appendix D,
Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes.

Fixed Gain
 Imaging Preferences 5-9

Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode

Parameter # F1h 32h
This parameter alters the digital imager scanner’s gain exposure priority when it acquires an image in
Snapshot Mode in auto exposure mode.

• Scan Low Exposure Priority to set a mode in which the digital imager scanner favors higher gain over
exposure to capture an image. This results in an image that is less susceptible to motion blur at the
expense of noise artifacts. However, for most applications, the amount of noise is acceptable.
• Scan Low Gain Priority to set a mode in which the digital imager scanner favors longer exposure time
rather than higher gain to capture an image. This ensures that the image is less noisy and produces
fewer artifacts during post processing activities like image enhancement (sharpening). The mode is
recommended for fixed mount / fixed object image capture since the image acquired is susceptible to
motion blur.
• Scan Autodetect (default) to set a mode in which the digital imager scanner automatically selects Gain
Priority or Low Exposure Priority mode for Snapshot Mode. If the digital imager scanner is in a magnetic
read switch enabled stand (or it is configured in Blink Mode), it uses Low Gain Priority mode. Otherwise,
it uses the Low Exposure Priority mode.

Low Gain Priority

(0)

Low Exposure Priority

(1)

* Autodetect
(2)
5 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Snapshot Mode Timeout

Parameter # F0h 43h
This parameter sets the amount of time the digital imager scanner remains in Snapshot Mode. The digital
imager scanner exits Snapshot Mode when you pull the trigger, or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses.
To set this timeout value, scan the bar code below followed by a bar code from Appendix D, Numeric Bar
Codes. The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds; values increment by 30. For example, 1 = 60
seconds, 2 = 90 seconds, etc.

Snapshot Mode Timeout

Snapshot Aiming Pattern

Parameter # F0h 2Ch
Select Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode, or Disable
Snapshot Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off.

*Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(01h)

Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(00h)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 11

Image Cropping
Parameter # F0h 2Dh
This parameter crops a captured image. Select Disable Image Cropping to present the full 1280 x 1024
pixels. Select Enable Image Cropping to crop the image to the pixel addresses set in Crop to Pixel Addresses
on page 5-12.

NOTE The digital imager scanner has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels. Setting the cropping area to less than 3
pixels transfers the entire image.

Enable Image Cropping

(01h)

*Disable Image Cropping

(Use Full 1280 x 1024 Pixels)
(00h)
5 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Crop to Pixel Addresses

Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Bh (Top)
Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Ch (Left)
Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Dh (Bottom)
Parameter # F4h, F0h, 3Eh (Right)
If you selected Enable Image Cropping, set the pixel addresses from (0,0) to (1279,1023) to crop to.

Columns are numbered from 0 to 1279, rows from 0 to 1023. Specify four values for Top, Left, Bottom, and
Right, where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses, and Left and Right correspond to column
pixel addresses. For example, for a 4 row x 8 column image in the extreme bottom-right section of the image
set the following values:

Top = 1020, Bottom = 1023, Left = 1272, Right = 1279

To set the crop to pixel address, scan each pixel address bar code below followed by four numeric bar codes
representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to crop the top pixel address to 3, scan 0, 0,
0, 3. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes.

Top Pixel Address

(0 - 1023 Decimal)

Left Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal)

Bottom Pixel Address

(0 - 1023 Decimal)

Right Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 13

Image Size (Number of Pixels)

Parameter # F0h 2Eh
This option alters image resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting in
a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution.

Select one of the following values:

Resolution
Uncropped Image Size
Value

Full 1280 x 1024

1/2 640 x 512

1/4 320 x 160

*Full Resolution
(00h)

1/2 Resolution
(01h)

1/4 Resolution
(03h)
5 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Image Brightness (Target White)

Parameter # F0h 86h
Type: Byte

Range: 1 - 240

This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot, Video and Video Viewfinder mode when using
auto exposure. White and black are defined as 255 decimal and 0, respectively. Setting the value to the factory
default of 180 sets the white level of the image to ~180.

To set the Image Brightness parameter, scan Image Brightness below followed by three numeric bar codes
representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness value of 99, scan
0, 9, 9. See Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes for numeric bar codes.

*180

Image Brightness
(3 digits)

JPEG Image Options

Parameter # F0h 2Bh
Select an option to optimize JPEG images for either size or for quality. Scan the JPEG Quality Selector bar
code to enter a quality value; the digital imager scanner then selects the corresponding image size. Scan the
JPEG Size Selector bar code to enter a size value; the digital imager scanner then selects the best image
quality.

*JPEG Quality Selector

(01h)

JPEG Size Selector

(00h)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 15

JPEG Target File Size

Parameter # F4h F1h 31h
Type: Word

Range: 5-600

This parameter defines the target JPEG file size in terms 1 Kilobytes (1024 bytes). The default value is 160 kB
which represents 160 Kilobytes.

CAUTION JPEG compress may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target image.
! Scanning JPEG Quality Selector (default setting) on page 5-14 produces a compressed image that is
consistent in quality and compression time.

To set the JPEG Target File Size parameter, scan JPEG Target File Size below followed by three numeric bar
codes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness value of
99, scan 0, 9, 9 in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes.

*JPEG Target File Size

(3 digits)

JPEG Quality and Size Value

JPEG Quality = Parameter # F0h 31h
If you selected JPEG Quality Selector, scan the JPEG Quality Value bar code followed by 3 bar codes from
Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value from 5 to 100, where 100 represents the highest
quality image.

JPEG Quality Value

(Default: 065)
(5 - 100 Decimal)
5 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Image Enhancement
Parameter # F1h 34h
This parameter configures the digital imager scanner's Image Enhance feature. This feature uses a
combination of edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an image that is visually pleasing.

The levels of image enhancement are:

• Off (0) - Default

• Low(1)
• Med(2)
• High(3).

*Off
(0)

Low
(1)

Medium
(2)

High
(3)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 17

Image File Format Selector

Parameter # F0h 30h
Select an image format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital imager scanner stores
captured images in the selected format.

BMP File Format

(03h)

*JPEG File Format

(01h)

TIFF File Format

(04h)
5 - 18 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Image Rotation
Parameter # F1h 99h
This parameter controls the rotation of the image by 0, 90,180, or 270 degrees.

*Rotate 0o
(00h)

Rotate 90o
(01h)

Rotate 180o
(02h)

Rotate 270o
(03h)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 19

Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # F0h 2Fh
Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select 1 BPP for a black
and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of
grey to each pixel.

NOTE The digital imager scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

The digital imager scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support 4 BPP and
8 BPP. 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats.

1 BPP
(00h)

4 BPP
(01h)

*8 BPP
(02h)
5 - 20 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Signature Capture
Parameter # 5Dh
A signature capture bar code is a special-purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area in a
document with a machine-readable format. The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide an
index to various signatures. The region inside the bar code pattern is considered the signature capture area.

Output File Format

Decoding a signature capture bar code de-skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP, JPEG,
or TIFF file format. The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature image.

File Descriptor

Signature Image Signature Image

Output Format Signature Type (1 Size (4 bytes)
(1 byte) byte)
(BIG Endian)

JPEG - 1 1-8 0x00000400 0x00010203….

BMP - 3
TIFF - 4

To enable or disable Signature Capture, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Signature Capture

(01h)

*Disable Signature Capture

(00h)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 21

Signature Capture File Format Selector

Parameter # F0h 39h
Select a signature file format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital imager scanner
stores captured signatures in the selected format.

BMP Signature Format

(03h)

*JPEG Signature Format

(01h)

TIFF Signature Format

(04h)
5 - 22 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # F0h 3Ah
Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing a signature. Select 1 BPP for a
black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of grey to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels
of grey to each pixel.

NOTE The digital imager scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

The digital imager scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support 4 BPP and 8 BPP.
1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats.

1 BPP
(00h)

4 BPP
(01h)

*8 BPP
(02h)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 23

Signature Capture Width

Parameter # F4h F0h 6Eh
The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match that of
the signature capture area. For example, a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area would require a 4 to 1 aspect ratio
of width to height.

To set the width of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Width bar code, followed by 3 bar
codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value in the range of 001 to 640 decimal.

Signature Capture Width

(Default: 400)
(001 - 640 Decimal)

Signature Capture Height

Parameter # F4h F0h 6Fh
To set the height of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Height bar code, followed by 3 bar
codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to a value in the range of 001 to 480 decimal.

Signature Capture Height (Default: 100)

(001 - 480 Decimal)

Signature Capture JPEG Quality

Parameter # F0h A5h
Scan the JPEG Quality Value bar code followed by 3 bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes
corresponding to a value from 005 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image.

JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065)

(5 - 100 Decimal)
5 - 24 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Video Mode Format Selector

Parameter # F2h 94h
When the digital imager scanner is in Video Mode, select whether to send data in BMP or JPEG format.

BMP File Format

(03h)

*JPEG File Format

(01h)

Video View Finder

Parameter # F0h 44h
Select Enable Video View Finder to project the video view finder while in Video Mode, or Disable Video View
Finder to turn the video view finder off.

*Disable Video View Finder

(00h)

Enable Video View Finder

(01h)
 Imaging Preferences 5 - 25

Target Video Frame Size

Parameter # F0h 48h
Select the number of 100-byte blocks to transmit per second. Selecting a smaller value transmits more frames
per second but reduces video quality; selecting a larger value increases video quality but slows transmission.

To set the Target Video Frame Size, scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix D,
Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 3300 bytes. For example, to select 1500
bytes, enter 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 9.

Target Video Frame Size

Video View Finder Image Size

Parameter # F0h 49h
Select the number of 100-byte blocks. Values range from 800 to 3000 bytes. Selecting a smaller value
transmits more frames per second; selecting a larger value increases video quality.

To set the Video View Finder Image Size, scan the bar code below followed by two bar codes from Appendix D,
Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 3000 bytes. For example, to select 1500
bytes, enter 1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 9.

Video View Finder Image Size

5 - 26 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
CHAPTER 6 SSI INTERFACE

Introduction
This chapter describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a Simple Serial Interface (SSI) host. When
using SSI, program the digital imager scanner via bar code menu or SSI host commands.

Throughout the programming bar code menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

* Indicates Default *Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option

(06h)
Option Hex Value for
programming via SSI
command

NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and
bars and/or spaces are not merging.
6-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Connecting Using Simple Serial Interface

Connect the digital imager scanner to an SSI host.

Interface Cable

Serial Port Connector

to Host

Power Supply Cable

Figure 6-1 SSI Host Connection

Base

Serial Port Interface Cable

Connector to Host

Power Supply Cable

Figure 6-2 SSI Host Connection for Scanner with Base

1. Attach the modular connector of the interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital imager scanner
(see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3).

2. Connect the other end of the interface cable to the serial port on the host.

3. Connect the power supply to the serial connector end of the interface cable. Plug the power supply into an
appropriate outlet.

4. Scan the appropriate baud rate bar code from Baud Rate on page 6-4 that matches the host’s baud rate
setting.

5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter.
 SSI Interface 6-3

Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters

Table 6-1 lists the defaults for the SSI host. There are two ways to change the default values:

• Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in
memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4.
• Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in
this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar
codes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for
changing parameters using this method.

NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and
miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 6-1 SSI Interface Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Baud Rate 9Ch 9600 6-4

Parity 9Eh None 6-6

Check Parity 97h Enable 6-7

Software Handshaking 9Fh ACK/NAK 6-7

Host RTS Line State 9Ah Low 6-8

Decode Data Packet Format EEh Send Raw Decode Data 6-8

Stop Bits 9Dh 1 6-9

Host Serial Response Time-out 9Bh 2 sec 6-10

Host Character Time-out EFh 200 msec 6-11

Multipacket Option F0h 4Eh Option 1 6-12

Interpacket Delay F0h 4Fh 0 ms 6-13

Event Reporting

Decode Event F0h 00h Disable 6-14

Boot Up Event F0h 02h Disable 6-15

Parameter Event F0h 03h Disable 6-15

NOTE SSI interprets Prefix, Suffix1, and Suffix2 values listed in Table A-1 on page A-1 differently than other
interfaces. SSI does not recognize key categories, only the 3-digit decimal value. The default value of
7013 is interpreted as CR only.
6-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

SSI Host Parameters

Baud Rate
Parameter # 9Ch
Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the digital imager scanner's baud rate to
match the data rate setting of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host or may reach it in
distorted form.

To enable the SSI host, scan the appropriate baud rate bar code that matches the baud rate setting of the host
device.

Baud Rate 600

(02h)

Baud Rate 1200

(03h)

Baud Rate 2400

(04h)

Baud Rate 4800

(05h)

*Baud Rate 9600

(06h)
 SSI Interface 6-5

Baud Rate (continued)

Baud Rate 19,200

(07h)

38,400
(08h)

57,600
(0Ah)

115,200
(0Bh)

230,400
(0Ch)
6-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Parity
Parameter # 9Eh
A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to
host device requirements.

• Select Odd parity to set the parity bit to a value 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character
contains an odd number of 1 bits.
• Select Even parity to set the parity bit to a value 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded
character contains an even number of 1 bits.
• If no parity is required, select None.

Odd
(00h)

Even
|(01h)

*None
(04h)
 SSI Interface 6-7

Check Parity
Parameter # 97h
Select whether or not to check the parity of received characters. Use the Parity parameter to select the type of
parity.

*Check Parity
(01h)

Do Not Check Parity

(00h)

Software Handshaking
Parameter # 9Fh
This parameter offers control of the data transmission process in addition to that offered by hardware
handshaking. Hardware handshaking is always enabled and cannot be disabled by the user.

• Disable ACK/NAK Handshaking: If you select this option, the decoder neither generates nor expects
ACK/NAK handshaking packets.
• Enable ACK/NAK Handshaking: If you select this option, after transmitting data, the digital imager
scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. The digital imager scanner also ACKs or
NAKs messages from the host.

The digital imager scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an
ACK or NAK. If the scanner does not get a response in this time, it resends its data up to two times
before discarding the data and declaring a transmit error.

Disable ACK/NAK
(00h)

*Enable ACK/NAK
(01h)
6-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Host RTS Line State

Parameter # 9Ah
This parameter sets the expected idle state of the Serial Host RTS line.

The SSI Interface is used with host applications which also implement the SSI protocol. However, you can also
use the digital imager scanner in a "scan-and-transmit" mode to communicate with any standard serial
communication software on a host PC (see Decode Data Packet Format on page 6-8). If transmission errors
occur in this mode, the host PC may be asserting hardware handshaking lines which interfere with the SSI
protocol. Scan the Host: RTS High bar code to address this problem.

*Host: RTS Low

(00h)

Host: RTS High

(01h)

Decode Data Packet Format

Parameter # EEh
This parameter selects whether to transmit decoded data in raw format (unpacketed), or with the packet format
defined by the serial protocol.

Selecting the raw format disables ACK/NAK handshaking for decode data.

*Send Raw Decode Data

(00h)

Send Packeted Decode Data

(01h)
 SSI Interface 6-9

Stop Bit Select

Parameter # 9Dh
The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and
prepares the receiving (host) device for the next character in the serial data stream. Set the number of stop bits
(one or two) to match host device requirements.

*1 Stop Bit
(01h)

2 Stop Bits
(02h)
6 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Host Serial Response Time-out

Parameter # 9Bh
This parameter specifies how long the decoder waits for an ACK or NAK before resending. Also, if the decoder
wants to send, and the host was already granted permission to send, the decoder waits for the designated
time-out before declaring an error.

To set the delay period (options are 2, 5, 7.5, or 9.9 seconds), scan one of the following bar codes.

NOTE Other values are available via SSI command.

*Low - 2 Seconds
(14h)

Medium - 5 Seconds
(32h)

High - 7.5 Seconds

(4Bh)

Maximum - 9.9 Seconds

(63h)
 SSI Interface 6 - 11

Host Character Time-out

Parameter # EFh
This parameter determines the maximum time the decoder waits between characters transmitted by the host
before discarding the received data and declaring an error.

To set the delay period (options are 200, 500, 750, or 990 ms), scan one of the following bar codes.

NOTE Other values are available via SSI command.

*Low - 200 ms
(0Ah)

Medium - 500 ms
(32h)

High - 750 ms
(4Bh)

Maximum - 990 ms
(63h)
6 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Multipacket Option
Parameter # F0h, 4Eh
This parameter controls ACK/NAK handshaking for multi-packet transmissions.

• Multi-Packet Option 1: The host sends an ACK / NAK for each data packet during a multi-packet
transmission.
• Multi-Packet Option 2: The digital imager scanner sends data packets continuously, with no ACK/NAK
handshaking to pace the transmission. The host, if overrun, can use hardware handshaking to
temporarily delay digital imager scanner transmissions. At the end of transmission, the digital imager
scanner waits for a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK.
• Multi-Packet Option 3: Option 3 is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable interpacket
delay.

*Multipacket Option 1
(00h)

Multipacket Option 2
(01h)

Multipacket Option 3
(02h)
 SSI Interface 6 - 13

Interpacket Delay
Parameter # F0h, 4Fh
This parameter specifies the interpacket delay when Multipacket Option 3 is selected.

To set the delay period (options are 0, 25, 50, 75, or 99 ms), scan one of the following bar codes.

NOTE Other values are available via SSI command.

*Minimum - 0 ms
(00h)

Low - 25 ms
(19h)

Medium - 50 ms
(32h)

High - 75 ms
(4Bh)

Maximum - 99 ms
(63h)
6 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Event Reporting
The host can request the digital imager scanner to provide certain information (events) relative to the digital
imager scanner’s behavior. Enable or disable the events listed in Table 6-2 and on the following pages by
scanning the appropriate bar codes.

Table 6-2 Event Codes

Code
Event Class Event
Reported

Decode Event Non parameter decode 0x01

Boot Up Event System power-up 0x03

Parameter Event Parameter entry error 0x07

Parameter stored 0x08
Defaults set (and parameter event is 0x0A
enabled by default)
Number expected 0x0F

Decode Event
Parameter # F0h, 00h
When enabled, the digital imager scanner generates a message to the host when it successfully decodes a bar
code. When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Decode Event

(01h)

*Disable Decode Event

(00h)
 SSI Interface 6 - 15

Boot Up Event
Parameter # F0h, 02h
When enabled, the digital imager scanner generates a message to the host when power is applied. When
disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Boot Up Event

(01h)

*Disable Boot Up Event

(00h)

Parameter Event
Parameter # F0h, 03h
When enabled, the digital imager scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified
in Table 6-2 on page 6-14 occurs. When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Parameter Event

(01h)

*Disable Parameter Event

(00h)
6 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
CHAPTER 7 USB INTERFACE

Introduction
This chapter describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with a USB host. The digital imager scanner
connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub, which powers it. No additional power supply is
required.

Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

*Indicates Default *North American Standard USB Keyboard Feature/Option

NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and
bars and/or spaces are not merging.
7-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Connecting a USB Interface

Interface Cable
USB Series A
Connector

Figure 7-1 USB Connection

USB Series A Interface Cable

Connector

Figure 7-2 USB Connection for Scanner with Base

The digital imager scanner connects with USB-capable hosts including:

• Desktop PCs and notebooks
• Apple™ iMac, G4, iBooks (North America only)
• IBM SurePOS terminals
• Sun, IBM, and other network computers that support more than one keyboard.
The following operating systems support the digital imager scanner through USB:
• Windows® 98, 2000, ME, XP
• MacOS 8.5 - MacOS 10.3
• IBM 4690 OS.

The digital imager scanner also interfaces with other USB hosts which support USB Human Interface Devices
(HID).
 USB Interface 7-3

To set up the digital imager scanner:

NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 7-1and Figure 7-2
are examples only. The connectors may be different than those illustrated, but the steps to connect the
scanner are the same.

1. Connect the modular connector of the USB interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital imager
scanner (see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3).

2. Plug the series A connector in the USB host or hub, or plug the Plus Power connector in an available port
of the IBM SurePOS terminal.

3. Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate bar code from USB Device Type on page 7-5.

4. On first installation when using Windows, the software prompts to select or install the Human Interface
Device driver. To install this driver, provided by Windows, click Next through all the choices and click
Finished on the last choice. The digital imager scanner powers up during this installation.

5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter.

If problems occur with the system, see Troubleshooting on page 3-2.

7-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

USB Parameter Defaults

Table 7-1 lists the defaults for USB host parameters. To change an option, scan the appropriate bar code(s)
provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on page 7-5.

NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and
miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 7-1 USB Interface Parameter Defaults

Page
Parameter Default
Number

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type USB Keyboard (HID) 7-5

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking Enable 7-7

USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes) North American 7-8

USB Keystroke Delay No Delay 7-10

USB CAPS Lock Override Disable 7-10

USB Ignore Unknown Characters Enable 7-11

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 7-11

Emulate Keypad Disable 7-12

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Disable 7-12

USB FN1 Substitution Disable 7-13

Function Key Mapping Disable 7-13

Simulated Caps Lock Disable 7-14

Convert Case No Case Conversion 7-14

USB Static CDC Enable 7-15

USB Polling Interval 8 msec 7-16

Fast HID Keyboard Disable 7-18

Quick Keypad Emulation Disable 7-18

USB Ignore Beep Directive Honor 7-19

USB Ignore Type Directive Honor 7-19

Ignore Beep on <BEL> over CDC Disable 7-20

IBM Specification Level Version 0 (Original) 7-20

 USB Interface 7-5

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type
Select the desired USB device type.

NOTE When changing USB Device Types, the digital imager scanner automatically resets and issues the
standard startup beep sequences.

*USB Keyboard (HID)

IBM Table Top USB

IBM Hand-Held USB

USB OPOS Hand-Held

7-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

USB Device Type (continued)

Simple COM Port Emulation

USB CDC Host

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface

NOTE Before selecting USB CDC Host, install the CDC INF file on the host to ensure the digital imager scanner
does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). If the digital imager scanner stalls, to
recover it:

1. Install the CDC INF file

or

2. After power-up, hold the trigger for 10 seconds, which allows the digital imager scanner to
power up using an alternate USB configuration. Upon power-up, scan another USB Device
Type.
 USB Interface 7-7

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking

After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type, select whether to enable or disable status
handshaking.

*Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking

Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking

7-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)

Scan the bar code corresponding to the keyboard type. This setting applies only to the USB Keyboard (HID)
device.

NOTE When changing USB country keyboard types the digital imager scanner automatically resets and issues
the standard startup beep sequences.

*North American Standard USB Keyboard

German Windows

French Windows

French Canadian Windows 95/98

French Canadian Windows 2000/XP

French Belgian Windows

 USB Interface 7-9

USB Country Keyboard Types (continued)

Spanish Windows

Italian Windows

Swedish Windows

UK English Windows

Japanese Windows (ASCII)

Portuguese-Brazilian Windows
7 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

USB Keystroke Delay

This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a bar code below to
increase the delay when hosts require slower data transmission.

*No Delay

Medium Delay (20 msec)

Long Delay (40 msec)

USB CAPS Lock Override

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard (HID) device. Enable this to preserve the case of the data
regardless of the state of the Caps Lock key. This setting is always enabled for the Japanese, Windows
(ASCII) keyboard type and can not be disabled.

Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

*Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable)
 USB Interface 7 - 11

USB Ignore Unknown Characters

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard (HID) device and IBM device. Unknown characters are
characters the host does not recognize. Select Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send all bar
code data except for unknown characters. The scanner sounds no error beeps.

If you select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters, for IBM devices, bar codes containing at
least one unknown character are not sent to the host, and the scanner sounds an error beep. For USB
Keyboard (HID) devices, the bar code characters up to the unknown character are sent, and the scanner
sounds an error beep.

*Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters

(Transmit)

Do Not Send Bar Codes with Unknown Characters

(Disable)

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39

This option applies only to the IBM hand-held, IBM table top, and OPOS devices. Scan a bar code below to
enable or disable converting unknown bar code type data to Code 39.

*Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39

Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39

7 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Emulate Keypad
Enable this to send all characters as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example ASCII A
transmits as “ALT make” 0 6 5 “ALT Break”.

*Disable Keypad Emulation

Enable Keypad Emulation

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero

Enable this to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a
leading zero. For example ASCII A transmits as “ALT MAKE” 0 0 6 5 “ALT BREAK”.

*Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

 USB Interface 7 - 13

USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard (HID) device. Enable this to replace any FN 1 characters in a
GS1-128 bar code with a user-selected Key Category and value (see FN1 Substitution Values on page 4-24 to
set the Key Category and Key Value).

Enable

*Disable

Function Key Mapping

ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control-key sequences (see Table 7-2 on page 7-21). Enable this
to send the keys in bold in place of the standard key mapping. Table entries that do not have a bold entry
remain the same whether or not you enable this parameter.

*Disable Function Key Mapping

Enable Function Key Mapping

7 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Simulated Caps Lock

Enable this to invert upper and lower case characters on the bar code as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on
the keyboard. This inversion occurs regardless of the state of the keyboard’s Caps Lock key.

*Disable Simulated Caps Lock

Enable Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case
Enable this to convert all bar code data to the selected case.

*No Case Conversion

Convert All to Upper Case

Convert All to Lower Case

 USB Interface 7 - 15

USB Static CDC

When disabled, each device connected consumes another COM port (first device = COM1,
second device = COM2, third device = COM3, etc.)

When enabled, each device connects to the same COM port.

*Enable USB Static CDC

Disable USB Static CDC

7 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

USB Polling Interval (DS6707-SR only)

Scan a bar code below to set the polling interval. The polling interval determines the rate at which data can be
sent between the scanner and host computer. A lower number indicates a faster data rate.

NOTE When changing USB country keyboard types the digital imager scanner automatically resets and issues
the standard startup beep sequences.

IMPORTANT Ensure your host machine can handle the selected data rate.

1 msec

2 msec

3 msec

4 msec
 USB Interface 7 - 17

USB Polling Interval (continued)

5 msec

6 msec

7 msec

* 8 msec

9 msec
7 - 18 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Fast HID Keyboard

This option transmits USB Keyboard HID data at a faster rate.

NOTE Quick Emulation overrides Fast HID.

Enable

* Disable

Quick Keypad Emulation

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID Device and if Emulate Keypad is enabled. This parameter
enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII characters not
found on the keyboard. The default value is Disable.

This option applies only to the USB Keyboard HID device when Emulate Keypad on page 7-12 is enabled. This
parameter enables a quicker method of emulation utilizing the numeric keypad. The default value is Disable.

NOTE This feature is not compatible with Fast HID Keyboard mode.

Enable

* Disable
 USB Interface 7 - 19

USB Ignore Beep Directive

This applies only to IBM hand-held, IBM table top, and OPOS devices. Scan one of the following bar codes to
honor or ignore a beep directive. All directives are still acknowledged as if they were processed.

* Honor USB Beep Directive

Ignore USB Beep Directive

USB Ignore Type Directive

This applies only to IBM hand-held, IBM table top, and OPOS devices. Scan one of the following bar codes to
honor or ignore a code type enable/disable directive. All directives are still acknowledged as if they were
processed.

* Honor USB Ignore Type Directive

Ignore USB Ignore Type Directive

7 - 20 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Ignore Beep on <BEL> over CDC

If you enable this parameter, the USB CDC host ignores the beep upon detection of a <BEL> character.
<BEL> gains a user's attention to an illegal entry or other important event.

Ignore Beep On <BEL> over CDC

(Enable)

*Do Not Ignore Beep On <BEL> over CDC

(Disable)

IBM Specification Level

When the IBM Specification Level is set to Version 0 (Original), the following code types are sent as
Unknown:

• Data Matrix
• QR Code
• MicroQR Code
• Aztec
When the level is set to Version 2.2, the code types are sent with the appropriate IBM identifiers.

*IBM Specification Level Version 0 (Original)

IBM Specification Level Version 2.2

 USB Interface 7 - 21

ASCII Character Set for USB

Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values

Prefix/ Suffix Full ASCII Code 39

Keystroke
Value Encode Char.acter

1000 %U CTRL 2

1001 $A CTRL A

1002 $B CTRL B

1003 $C CTRL C

1004 $D CTRL D

1005 $E CTRL E

1006 $F CTRL F

1007 $G CTRL G

1008 $H CTRL H/BACKSPACE1

1009 $I CTRL I/HORIZONTAL TAB1

1010 $J CTRL J

1011 $K CTRL K

1012 $L CTRL L

1013 $M CTRL M/ENTER1

1014 $N CTRL N

1015 $O CTRL O

1016 $P CTRL P

1017 $Q CTRL Q

1018 $R CTRL R

1019 $S CTRL S

1020 $T CTRL T

1021 $U CTRL U

1022 $V CTRL V

1023 $W CTRL W

1024 $X CTRL X

1025 $Y CTRL Y
1
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key
Mapping on page 7-13. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits.
7 - 22 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/ Suffix Full ASCII Code 39

Keystroke
Value Encode Char.acter

1026 $Z CTRL Z

1027 %A CTRL [/ESC1

1028 %B CTRL \

1029 %C CTRL ]

1030 %D CTRL 6

1031 %E CTRL -

1032 Space Space

1033 /A !

1034 /B “

1035 /C #

1036 /D $

1037 /E %

1038 /F &

1039 /G ‘

1040 /H (

1041 /I )

1042 /J *

1043 /K +

1044 /L ,

1045 - -

1046 . .

1047 /O /

1048 0 0

1049 1 1

1050 2 2

1051 3 3

1052 4 4

1053 5 5

1054 6 6
1
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key
Mapping on page 7-13. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits.
 USB Interface 7 - 23

Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/ Suffix Full ASCII Code 39

Keystroke
Value Encode Char.acter

1055 7 7

1056 8 8

1057 9 9

1058 /Z :

1059 %F ;

1060 %G <

1061 %H =

1062 %I >

1063 %J ?

1064 %V @

1065 A A

1066 B B

1067 C C

1068 D D

1069 E E

1070 F F

1071 G G

1072 H H

1073 I I

1074 J J

1075 K K

1076 L L

1077 M M

1078 N N

1079 O O

1080 P P

1081 Q Q

1082 R R

1083 S S
1
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key
Mapping on page 7-13. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits.
7 - 24 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/ Suffix Full ASCII Code 39

Keystroke
Value Encode Char.acter

1084 T T

1085 U U

1086 V V

1087 W W

1088 X X

1089 Y Y

1090 Z Z

1091 %K [

1092 %L \

1093 %M ]

1094 %N ^

1095 %O _

1096 %W `

1097 +A a

1098 +B b

1099 +C c

1100 +D d

1101 +E e

1102 +F f

1103 +G g

1104 +H h

1105 +I i

1106 +J j

1107 +K k

1108 +L l

1109 +M m

1110 +N n

1111 +O o

1112 +P p
1
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key
Mapping on page 7-13. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits.
 USB Interface 7 - 25

Table 7-2 USB Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/ Suffix Full ASCII Code 39

Keystroke
Value Encode Char.acter

1113 +Q q

1114 +R r

1115 +S s

1116 +T t

1117 +U u

1118 +V v

1119 +W w

1120 +X x

1121 +Y y

1122 +Z z

1123 %P {

1124 %Q |

1125 %R }

1126 %S ~
1The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key
Mapping on page 7-13. Otherwise, the unbolded keystroke transmits.

Table 7-3 USB ALT Key Character Set

ALT Keys Keystroke

2064 ALT 2

2065 ALT A

2066 ALT B

2067 ALT C

2068 ALT D

2069 ALT E

2070 ALT F

2071 ALT G

2072 ALT H

2073 ALT I

2074 ALT J

2075 ALT K
7 - 26 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 7-3 USB ALT Key Character Set (Continued)

ALT Keys Keystroke

2076 ALT L

2077 ALT M

2078 ALT N

2079 ALT O

2080 ALT P

2081 ALT Q

2082 ALT R

2083 ALT S

2084 ALT T

2085 ALT U

2086 ALT V

2087 ALT W

2088 ALT X

2089 ALT Y

2090 ALT Z

Table 7-4 USB GUI Key Character Set

GUI Key Keystroke

3000 Right Control Key

3048 GUI 0

3049 GUI 1

3050 GUI 2

3051 GUI 3

3052 GUI 4

3053 GUI 5

3054 GUI 6

3055 GUI 7

3056 GUI 8

Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an

apple key on either side of the space bar.
Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the
left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key.
 USB Interface 7 - 27

Table 7-4 USB GUI Key Character Set (Continued)

GUI Key Keystroke

3057 GUI 9

3065 GUI A

3066 GUI B

3067 GUI C

3068 GUI D

3069 GUI E

3070 GUI F

3071 GUI G

3072 GUI H

3073 GUI I

3074 GUI J

3075 GUI K

3076 GUI L

3077 GUI M

3078 GUI N

3079 GUI O

3080 GUI P

3081 GUI Q

3082 GUI R

3083 GUI S

3084 GUI T

3085 GUI U

3086 GUI V

3087 GUI W

3088 GUI X

3089 GUI Y

3090 GUI Z

Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an

apple key on either side of the space bar.
Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the
left ALT key, and to the right of the right ALT key.
7 - 28 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 7-5 USB F Key Character Set

F Keys Keystroke

5001 F1

5002 F2

5003 F3

5004 F4

5005 F5

5006 F6

5007 F7

5008 F8

5009 F9

5010 F10

5011 F11

5012 F12

5013 F13

5014 F14

5015 F15

5016 F16

5017 F17

5018 F18

5019 F19

5020 F20

5021 F21

5022 F22

5023 F23

5024 F24
 USB Interface 7 - 29

Table 7-6 USB Numeric Keypad Character Set

Numeric Keypad Keystroke

6042 *

6043 +

6044 undefined

6045 -

6046 .

6047 /

6048 0

6049 1

6050 2

6051 3

6052 4

6053 5

6054 6

6055 7

6056 8

6057 9

6058 Enter

6059 Num Lock

7 - 30 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 7-7 USB Extended Keypad Character Set

Extended Keypad Keystroke

7001 Break

7002 Delete

7003 PgUp

7004 End

7005 Pg Dn

7006 Pause

7007 Scroll Lock

7008 Backspace

7009 Tab

7010 Print Screen

7011 Insert

7012 Home

7013 Enter

7014 Escape

7015 Up Arrow

7016 Down Arrow

7017 Left Arrow

7018 Right Arrow

CHAPTER 8 RS-232 INTERFACE

Introduction
This chapter describes how to set up the digital imager scanner with an RS-232 host. Use the RS-232 interface
to connect the digital imager scanner to point-of-sale devices, host computers, or other devices with an
available RS-232 port (e.g., com port).

If your host does not appear in Table , refer to the documentation for the host device to set communication
parameters to match the host.

NOTE The digital imager scanner uses TTL RS-232 signal levels, which interface with most system architectures.
For system architectures requiring RS-232C signal levels, Zebra offers different cables providing
TTL-to-RS-232C conversion. Contact Zebra Support for more information.

Throughout the programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default *Baud Rate 57,600 Feature/Option

NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and
bars and/or spaces are not merging.
8-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Connecting an RS-232 Interface

The digital imager scanner connects directly to the host computer.

Interface Cable

Serial Port Connector to

Host

Power Supply Cable

Figure 8-1 RS-232 Direct Connection

NOTE Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2
are examples only. The connectors may be different than those illustrated, but the steps to connect the
scanner are the same.

Base

Serial Port Interface Cable

Connector to Host

Power Supply Cable

Figure 8-2 RS-232 Direct Connection for Scanner with Base

 RS-232 Interface 8-3

1. Connect the modular connector of the RS-232 interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital
imager scanner (see Installing the Interface Cable on page 1-3).

2. Connect the other end of the RS-232 interface cable to the serial port on the host.

3. Connect the power supply to the serial connector end of the RS-232 interface cable. Plug the power supply
into an appropriate outlet.

4. Select the RS-232 host type by scanning the appropriate bar code from RS-232 Host Types on page 8-8.

5. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate bar codes in this chapter.
8-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

RS-232 Parameter Defaults

Table 8-1 lists the defaults for RS-232 host parameters. To change any option, scan the appropriate bar
code(s) provided in the RS-232 Host Parameters section beginning on page 8-5.

NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and
miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 8-1 RS-232 Host Default Table

Page
Parameter Default
Number

RS-232 Host Parameters

RS-232 Host Types Standard 8-8

Baud Rate 9600 8-10

Parity Type None 8-11

Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit 8-12

Data Bits 8-Bit 8-12

Check Receive Errors Enable 8-13

Hardware Handshaking None 8-13

Software Handshaking None 8-15

Host Serial Response Time-out 2 Sec 8-17

RTS Line State Low RTS 8-18

Beep on <BEL> Disable 8-18

Intercharacter Delay 0 msec 8-19

Nixdorf Beep/LED Options Normal Operation 8-20

Ignore Unknown Characters Send Bar Code 8-20

 RS-232 Interface 8-5

RS-232 Host Parameters

Various RS-232 hosts use their own parameter default settings. Selecting standard, ICL, Fujitsu,
Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron or Common Use Terminal
Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG bar code readers) sets the defaults listed in Table 8-2.

Table 8-2 Terminal Specific RS-232

Wincor-
Wincor-
Nixdorf
Parameter ICL Fujitsu Nixdorf
Mode B/ Olivetti Omron CUTE
Mode A
OPOS/JPOS
Transmit Code ID Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Data Trans- Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Data/Suffix Prefix/Data/ Data/Suffix Prefix/Data/

mission Format Suffix Suffix

Suffix CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) CR (1013) ETX (1003) CR (1013) CR (1013)

ETX (1003)

Baud Rate 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600

Parity Even None Odd Odd Even None Even

Hardware RTS/CTS None RTS/CTS RTS/CTS None None None

Handshaking Option 3 Option 3 Option 3

Software None None None None ACK/NAK None None

Handshaking

Serial Response 9.9 Sec. 2 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec. 9.9 Sec.
Time-out

Stop Bit Select One One One One One One One

ASCII Format 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit 8-Bit 7-Bit 8-Bit 7-Bit

Beep On <BEL> Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable

RTS Line State High Low Low Low = No data Low High High
to send

Prefix None None None None STX (1002) None STX (1002)

In the Nixdorf Mode B, if CTS is low, scanning is disabled. When CTS is high, scanning is enabled.
If you scan Nixdorf Mode B without connecting the digital imager scanner to the proper host, it
may appear unable to scan. If this happens, scan a different RS-232 host type within 5 seconds of
cycling power to the digital imager scanner.
The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select
CUTE, scan *Enable Parameter Scanning (01h) on page 4-5, then change the host selection.
8-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

RS-232 Host Parameters (continued)

Selecting ICL, Fujitsu, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode A, Wincor-Nixdorf Mode B, OPOS/JPOS, Olivetti, Omron or
Common Use Terminal Equipment (CUTE-LP/LG bar code readers) enables the transmission of code ID
characters listed in Table 8-3. These code ID characters are not programmable and are separate from the
Transmit Code ID feature. Do not enable the Transmit Code ID feature for these terminals.

Table 8-3 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters

Wincor-
Wincor Nixdorf
Code Type ICL Fujitsu Nixdorf Mode B/ Olivetti Omron CUTE
Mode A OPOS/
JPOS

UPC-A A A A A A A A

UPC-E E E C C C E None

EAN-8/JAN-8 FF FF B B B FF None

EAN-13/JAN-13 F F A A A F A

Bookland EAN F F A A A F None

Code 128 L <len> None K K K <len> L <len> 5

GS1-128 L <len> None P P P <len> L <len> 5

Code 39 C <len> None M M M <len> C <len> 3

Code 39 Full None None M M None None 3

ASCII

Trioptic None None None None None None None

Code 32 None None None None None None None

Code 93 None None L L L <len> None None

Code 11 None None None None None None None

I 2 of 5 I <len> None I I I <len> I <len> 1

D 2 of 5 H <len> None H H H <len> H <len> 2

Codabar N <len> None N N N <len> N <len> None

MSI None None O O O <len> None None

IATA H<len> None H H None None 2

PDF417 None None S S None None None

MicroPDF417 None None Q Q None None 6

GS1 Databar 14/ None None E E None None None

Limited/Expanded

Data Matrix None None R R None None None

 RS-232 Interface 8-7

Table 8-3 Terminal Specific Code ID Characters (Continued)

Wincor-
Wincor Nixdorf
Code Type ICL Fujitsu Nixdorf Mode B/ Olivetti Omron CUTE
Mode A OPOS/
JPOS

Maxicode None None T T None None None

QR Codes None None U U None None None

Aztec/Aztec Rune None None V V None None None

8-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

RS-232 Host Types

To select an RS-232 host interface, scan one of the following bar codes.

Standard RS-2321

ICL RS-232

Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode A

Wincor-Nixdorf RS-232 Mode B

Olivetti ORS4500

Omron

1Scanning
Enable RS-232 (No Variant) activates the RS-232 driver, but does not change port settings (e.g.,
parity, data bits, handshaking). Selecting another RS-232 host type bar code changes these settings.
 RS-232 Interface 8-9

RS-232 Host Types (continued)

OPOS/JPOS

Fujitsu RS-232

CUTE2

2 The CUTE host disables all parameter scanning, including Set Defaults. If you inadvertently select CUTE,
scan *Enable Parameter Scanning (01h) on page 4-5, then change the host selection.
8 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Baud Rate
Baud rate is the number of bits of data transmitted per second. Set the digital imager scanner's baud rate to
match the baud rate setting of the host device. Otherwise, data may not reach the host device or may reach it
in distorted form.

Baud Rate 600

Baud Rate 1200

Baud Rate 2400

Baud Rate 4800

*Baud Rate 9600

Baud Rate 19,200

 RS-232 Interface 8 - 11

Baud Rate (continued)

Baud Rate 38,400

Baud Rate 57,600

Baud Rate 115,200

Parity
A parity check bit is the most significant bit of each ASCII coded character. Select the parity type according to
host device requirements.

• Select Odd parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character
contains an odd number of 1 bits
• Select Even parity to set the parity bit value to 0 or 1, based on data, to ensure that the coded character
contains an even number of 1 bits.
• Select None when no parity bit is required.

Odd

Even

*None
8 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Stop Bit Select

The stop bit(s) at the end of each transmitted character marks the end of transmission of one character and
prepares the receiving device for the next character in the serial data stream. Select the number of stop bits
(one or two) based on the number the receiving terminal is programmed to accommodate. Set the number of
stop bits to match host device requirements.

*1 Stop Bit

2 Stop Bits

Data Bits
This parameter allows the digital imager scanner to interface with devices requiring a 7-bit or 8-bit ASCII
protocol.

7-Bit

*8-Bit
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 13

Check Receive Errors

Select whether or not to check the parity, framing, and overrun of received characters. The parity value of
received characters is verified against the parity parameter selected above.

*Check For Received Errors

Do Not Check For Received Errors

Hardware Handshaking
The data interface consists of an RS-232 port designed to operate either with or without the hardware
handshaking lines, Request to Send (RTS), and Clear to Send (CTS).

Disable Standard RTS/CTS handshaking to transmit scan data as it becomes available. Select Standard
RTS/CTS handshaking to transmit scan data according to the following sequence:

• The digital imager scanner reads the CTS line for activity. If CTS is asserted, the digital imager scanner
waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out for the host to de-assert the CTS line. If, after Host Serial
Response Time-out (default), the CTS line is still asserted, the digital imager scanner sounds a transmit
error, and discards any scanned data.
• When the CTS line is de-asserted, the digital imager scanner asserts the RTS line and waits up to Host
Serial Response Time-out for the host to assert CTS. When the host asserts CTS, the scanner transmits
data. If, after Host Serial Response Time-out (default), the CTS line is not asserted, the digital imager
scanner sounds a transmit error, and discards the data.
• When data transmission completes, the digital imager scanner de-asserts RTS 10 msec after sending
the last character.
• The host should respond by negating CTS. The digital imager scanner checks for a de-asserted CTS
upon the next transmission of data.

During data transmission, the CTS line should be asserted. If CTS is deasserted for more than 50 ms between
characters, the scanner aborts transmission, sounds a transmission error, and discards the data.

If this communication sequence fails, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication. In this case, the
data is lost and must be rescanned.

If hardware handshaking and software handshaking are both enabled, hardware handshaking takes
precedence.

NOTE The DTR signal is jumpered to the active state.

8 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Hardware Handshaking (continued)

• None: Scan this bar code to disable hardware handshaking.
• Standard RTS/CTS: Scan this bar code to select Standard RTS/CTS Hardware Handshaking.
• RTS/CTS Option 1: If you select RTS/CTS Option 1, the digital imager scanner asserts RTS before
transmitting and ignores the state of CTS. The digital imager scanner de-asserts RTS when the
transmission is complete.
• RTS/CTS Option 2: If you select Option 2, RTS is always high or low (user-programmed logic level).
However, the digital imager scanner waits for CTS to be asserted before transmitting data. If CTS is not
asserted within Host Serial Response Time-out (default), the digital imager scanner issues an error
indication and discards the data.
• RTS/CTS Option 3: If you select Option 3, the digital imager scanner asserts RTS prior to any data
transmission, regardless of the state of CTS. The digital imager scanner waits up to Host Serial
Response Time-out (default) for CTS to be asserted. If CTS is not asserted during this time, the digital
imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. The digital imager scanner de-asserts
RTS when transmission completes.

*None

Standard RTS/CTS

RTS/CTS Option 1

RTS/CTS Option 2

RTS/CTS Option 3
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 15

Software Handshaking
This parameter offers control of the data transmission process in addition to, or instead of, that offered by
hardware handshaking. There are five options.

If software handshaking and hardware handshaking are both enabled, hardware handshaking takes
precedence.

• None: Select this option to transmit data immediately. No response is expected from host.
• ACK/NAK: If you select this option, after transmitting data, the digital imager scanner expects either an
ACK or NAK response from the host. When it receives a NAK, the digital imager scanner transmits the
same data again and waits for either an ACK or NAK. After three unsuccessful attempts to send data
after receiving NAKs, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data.

The digital imager scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an
ACK or NAK. If the digital imager scanner does not get a response in this time, it issues an error
indication and discards the data. There are no retries when a time-out occurs.
• ENQ: If you select this option, the digital imager scanner waits for an ENQ character from the host before
transmitting data. If it does not receive an ENQ within the Host Serial Response Time-out, the digital
imager scanner issues an error indication and discards the data. The host must transmit an ENQ
character at least every Host Serial Response Time-out to prevent transmission errors.
• ACK/NAK with ENQ: This combines the two previous options. For re-transmissions of data, due to a
NAK from the host, an additional ENQ is not required.
• XON/XOFF: An XOFF character turns the digital imager scanner transmission off until the digital imager
scanner receives an XON character. There are two situations for XON/XOFF:
• The scanner receives an XOFF before it has data to send. When the digital imager scanner has data
to send, it waits up to Host Serial Response Time-out for an XON character before transmission. If it
does not receive the XON within this time, the digital imager scanner issues an error indication and
discards the data.
• The scanner receives an XOFF during a transmission. Data transmission then stops after sending the
current byte. When the digital imager scanner receives an XON character, it sends the rest of the data
message. The digital imager scanner waits indefinitely for the XON.
8 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Software Handshaking (continued)

*None

ACK/NAK

ENQ

ACK/NAK with ENQ

XON/XOFF
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 17

Host Serial Response Time-out

This parameter specifies how long the digital imager scanner waits for an ACK, NAK, or CTS before
determining that a transmission error occurred. This only applies when in one of the ACK/NAK software
handshaking modes, or RTS/CTS hardware handshaking mode.

*Minimum: 2 Sec

Low: 2.5 Sec

Medium: 5 Sec

High: 7.5 Sec

Maximum: 9.9 Sec

8 - 18 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

RTS Line State

This parameter sets the idle state of the Serial Host RTS line. Scan a bar code below to select Low RTS or
High RTS line state.

*Host: Low RTS

Host: High RTS

Beep on <BEL>
If you enable this parameter, the digital imager scanner issues a beep when it detects a <BEL> character on
the RS-232 serial line. <BEL> gains a user's attention to an illegal entry or other important event.

Beep On <BEL> Character

(Enable)

*Do Not Beep On <BEL> Character

(Disable)
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 19

Intercharacter Delay
This parameter specifies the intercharacter delay inserted between character transmissions.

*Minimum: 0 msec

Low: 25 msec

Medium: 50 msec

High: 75 msec

Maximum: 99 msec
8 - 20 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Nixdorf Beep/LED Options

If you selected Nixdorf Mode B, this indicates when the digital imager scanner beeps and turns on its LED after
a decode.

*Normal Operation
(Beep/LED immediately after decode)

Beep/LED After Transmission

Beep/LED After CTS Pulse

Ignore Unknown Characters

Unknown characters are characters the host does not recognize. Select Send Bar Codes with Unknown
Characters to send all bar code data except for unknown characters. The scanner sounds no error beeps.

Select Do Not Send Bar Codes With Unknown Characters to send bar code data up to the first unknown
character. The scanner sounds an error beep.

*Send Bar Code

(with unknown characters)

Do Not Send Bar Codes

(with unknown characters)
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 21

ASCII Character Set for RS-232

You can assign the values in Table 8-4 as prefixes or suffixes for ASCII character data transmission.

Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values

Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII

ASCII Character
Value Code 39 Encode Character

1000 %U NUL

1001 $A SOH

1002 $B STX

1003 $C ETX

1004 $D EOT

1005 $E ENQ

1006 $F ACK

1007 $G BELL

1008 $H BCKSPC

1009 $I HORIZ TAB

1010 $J LF/NW LN

1011 $K VT

1012 $L FF

1013 $M CR/ENTER

1014 $N SO

1015 $O SI

1016 $P DLE

1017 $Q DC1/XON

1018 $R DC2

1019 $S DC3/XOFF

1020 $T DC4

1021 $U NAK

1022 $V SYN

1023 $W ETB

1024 $X CAN

1025 $Y EM

1026 $Z SUB

1027 %A ESC
8 - 22 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII

ASCII Character
Value Code 39 Encode Character

1028 %B FS

1029 %C GS

1030 %D RS

1031 %E US

1032 Space Space

1033 /A !

1034 /B "

1035 /C #

1036 /D $

1037 /E %

1038 /F &

1039 /G ‘

1040 /H (

1041 /I )

1042 /J *

1043 /K +

1044 /L ,

1045 - -

1046 . .

1047 /O /

1048 0 0

1049 1 1

1050 2 2

1051 3 3

1052 4 4

1053 5 5

1054 6 6

1055 7 7

1056 8 8

1057 9 9

1058 /Z :
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 23

Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII

ASCII Character
Value Code 39 Encode Character

1059 %F ;

1060 %G <

1061 %H =

1062 %I >

1063 %J ?

1064 %V @

1065 A A

1066 B B

1067 C C

1068 D D

1069 E E

1070 F F

1071 G G

1072 H H

1073 I I

1074 J J

1075 K K

1076 L L

1077 M M

1078 N N

1079 O O

1080 P P

1081 Q Q

1082 R R

1083 S S

1084 T T

1085 U U

1086 V V

1087 W W

1088 X X

1089 Y Y
8 - 24 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII

ASCII Character
Value Code 39 Encode Character

1090 Z Z

1091 %K [

1092 %L \

1093 %M ]

1094 %N ^

1095 %O _

1096 %W `

1097 +A a

1098 +B b

1099 +C c

1100 +D d

1101 +E e

1102 +F f

1103 +G g

1104 +H h

1105 +I i

1106 +J j

1107 +K k

1108 +L l

1109 +M m

1110 +N n

1111 +O o

1112 +P p

1113 +Q q

1114 +R r

1115 +S s

1116 +T t

1117 +U u

1118 +V v

1119 +W w

1120 +X x
 RS-232 Interface 8 - 25

Table 8-4 Prefix/Suffix Values (Continued)

Prefix/Suffix Full ASCII

ASCII Character
Value Code 39 Encode Character

1121 +Y y

1122 +Z z

1123 %P {

1124 %Q |

1125 %R }

1126 %S ~

1127 Undefined

7013 ENTER
8 - 26 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
CHAPTER 9 123SCAN2

Introduction
123Scan² is an easy-to-use, PC-based software tool that enables the quick and easy set up of Zebra scanners.

123Scan² uses a wizard tool to guide users through a streamlined set up process. Once parameters are set,
the values are saved to a configuration file that can be distributed via email, electronically downloaded via a
USB or RS-232 cable, or used to generate a sheet of programming bar codes that can be scanned.

123Scan² can generate multiple reports that can be easily rebranded using Microsoft Word and Access. Report
options include programmed parameters, asset tracking information and proof of scanner output.

Additionally 123Scan² can display scanned barcode data including non-printable characters. It can display,
optimize and save pictures from an imaging scanner. It can also upgrade scanner firmware, automatically
check online to enable support for newly released products, generate a single 2D barcode for one scan
programming and stage large numbers of scanners simultaneously via USB hub(s).

Communication with 123Scan2

To communicate with the 123Scan² program which runs on a host computer running a Windows XP SP2 and
Windows 7 operating system, use a USB cable to connect the scanner cradle to the host computer.
9-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

123Scan2 Requirements
• Host computer with Windows XP SP2 or Windows 7
• Scanner
• Cradle (cordless scanning only)
• USB cable.
For more information on 123Scan², go to:

www.zebra.com/123scan2
For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan², go to:

www.zebra.com/scannersoftwarevideos

To download 123Scan² software and access the Help file integrated in the utility, go to:

www.zebra.com/support

Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos

Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools. Whether you need to
simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset
management, these tools help you every step of the way. To download any of the free tools listed below, go to:

www.zebra.com/software.
• 123Scan² Configuration Utility (described in this chapter)
• Scanner SDK for Windows
• “How to...” Videos
• Virtual Com Port Driver
• OPOS Driver
• JPOS Driver
• Scanner User Documentation
• Archive of Older Drivers.
CHAPTER 10 SYMBOLOGIES

Introduction
This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming bar codes for selecting these features.
Before programming, follow the instructions in Chapter 1, Getting Started.

To set feature values, scan a single bar code or a short bar code sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital imager scanner.

NOTE Most computer monitors allow scanning the bar codes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the bar code clearly, and
bars and/or spaces are not merging.

Select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound. This is
only necessary upon the first power-up when connecting to a new host.

To return all features to default values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4. Throughout the
programming bar code menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default *Enable UPC-A Feature/Option

(01h)
Option Hex Value for
programming via SSI command

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one bar code sets the parameter value. For example, to transmit bar code data
without the UPC-A check digit, simply scan the Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit bar code under Transmit
UPC-A Check Digit on page 10-17. The digital imager scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns
green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

Other parameters, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 require scanning several bar codes. See the individual
parameter, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5, for this procedure.
10 - 2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct parameter.

Symbology Parameter Defaults

Table 10-1 lists the defaults for all symbologies parameters. There are two ways to change the default values:

• Scan the appropriate bar codes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in
memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the Set Default Parameter on page 4-4.
• Download data through the device’s serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in
this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying bar
codes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for
changing parameters using this method.

NOTE See Appendix A, Standard Default Parameters for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellaneous default
parameters.

Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter Number Default Number

Disable All Code Types 10-7

UPC/EAN

UPC-A 01h Enable 10-8

UPC-E 02h Enable 10-8

UPC-E1 0Ch Disable 10-9

EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable 10-9

EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable 10-10

Bookland EAN 53h Disable 10-10

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals 10h Ignore 10-11

(2 and 5 digits)

User-Programmable Supplementals 10-14

Supplemental 1: F1h 43h
Supplemental 2: F1h 44h

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 50h 10 10-15

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID F1h A0h Combined 10-16

Format

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 28h Enable 10-17

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 29h Enable 10-17

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 2Ah Enable 10-18

 Symbologies 10 - 3

Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

UPC-A Preamble 22h System Character 10-18

UPC-E Preamble 23h System Character 10-18

UPC-E1 Preamble 24h System Character 10-20

Convert UPC-E to A 25h Disable 10-21

Convert UPC-E1 to A 26h Disable 10-21

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 27h Disable 10-22

Bookland ISBN Format F1h 40h ISBN-10 10-23

UCC Coupon Extended Code 55h Disable 10-24

Coupon Report F1h DAh New Coupon Format 10-25

ISSN EAN F1h 69h Disable 10-26

Code 128

Code 128 08h Enable 10-27

Set Length(s) for Code 128 D1h D2h Any Length 10-27

GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 0Eh Enable 10-29

ISBT 128 54h Enable 10-29

ISBT Concatenation F1h 41h Disable 10-30

Check ISBT Table F1h 42h Enable 10-31

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy DFh 10 10-31

Code 39

Code 39 00h Enable 10-32

Trioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 10-32

Convert Code 39 to Code 32 56h Disable 10-33

(Italian Pharmacy Code)

Code 32 Prefix E7h Disable 10-33

Set Length(s) for Code 39 12h 13h 2 to 55 10-34

Code 39 Check Digit Verification 30h Disable 10-35

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 2Bh Disable 10-36

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 10-36

Buffer Code 39 71h Disable 10-37

10 - 4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Code 93

Code 93 09h Disable 10-40

Set Length(s) for Code 93 1Ah 1Bh 4 to 55 10-40

Code 11

Code 11 0Ah Disable 10-42

Set Lengths for Code 11 1Ch 1Dh 4 to 55 10-42

Code 11 Check Digit Verification 34h Disable 10-44

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 2Fh Disable 10-45

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 06h Enable 10-46

Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 16h 17h 14 10-46

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 31h Disable 10-48

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 2Ch Disable 10-48

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 52h Disable 10-49

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Discrete 2 of 5 05h Disable 10-50

Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 14h 15h 12 10-50

Codabar (NW - 7)

Codabar 07h Disable 10-52

Set Lengths for Codabar 18h 19h 5 to 55 10-52

CLSI Editing 36h Disable 10-54

NOTIS Editing 37h Disable 10-54

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop F2h 57h Upper Case 10-55
Characters Transmission

MSI

MSI 0Bh Disable 10-56

Set Length(s) for MSI 1Eh 1Fh 4 to 55 10-56

MSI Check Digits 32h One 10-57

Transmit MSI Check Digit 2Eh Disable 10-58

MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 10-58

 Symbologies 10 - 5

Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Chinese 2 of 5

Chinese 2 of 5 F0h 98h Disable 10-59

Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5 F1h 6Ah Disable 10-59

Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths F1h 6Bh 1 Length - 14 10-60

F1h 6Ch

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Eh Disable 10-61

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Fh Disable 10-61

Korean 3 of 5

Korean 3 of 5 F1h 45h Disable 10-62

Inverse 1D F1h 4Ah SR, DC: Regular 10-63

DP, HD: Autodetect

Postal Codes

US Postnet 59h Enable 10-64

US Planet 5Ah Enable 10-64

Transmit US Postal Check Digit 5Fh Enable 10-65

UK Postal 5Bh Enable 10-65

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 60h Enable 10-66

Japan Postal F0h 22h Enable 10-66

Australia Post F0h 23h Enable 10-67

Australia Post Format F1h CEh Autodiscriminate 10-68

Netherlands KIX Code F0h 46h Enable 10-69

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail F1h 50h Disable 10-69

UPU FICS Postal F1h 63h Disable 10-70

GS1 DataBar

GS1 DataBar-14 F0h 52h Enable 10-71

GS1 DataBar Limited F0h 53h Disable 10-71

GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level F1h D8h Level 3 10-72

GS1 DataBar Expanded F0h 54h Enable 10-73

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN F0h 8Dh Disable 10-73

10 - 6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table 10-1 Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Composite

Composite CC-C F0h 55h Disable 10-74

Composite CC-A/B F0h 56h Disable 10-74

Composite TLC-39 F0h 73h Disable 10-75

UPC Composite Mode F0h 58h Always Linked 10-76

Composite Beep Mode F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code 10-77

Type is Decoded

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN F0h ABh Disable 10-77

Composite Codes

2-D Symbologies

PDF417 0Fh Enable 10-78

MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 10-78

Code 128 Emulation 7Bh Disable 10-79

Data Matrix F0h 24h Enable 10-80

Data Matrix Inverse F1h 4Ch SR, DC: Regular 10-81

DP, HD: Autodetect

Maxicode F0h 26h Enable 10-82

QR Code F0h 25h Enable 10-82

QR Inverse F1h 4Bh SR, DC: Regular 10-83

DP, HD: Autodetect

MicroQR F1h 3Dh Enable 10-84

Aztec F1h 3Eh Enable 10-84

Aztec Inverse F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect 10-85

Symbology-Specific Security Levels

Redundancy Level 4Eh 1 10-86

Security Level 4Dh 1 10-88

Intercharacter Gap Size F0h 7Dh Normal 10-89

Report Version 10-89

Macro PDF

Flush Macro PDF Buffer 10-90

Abort Macro PDF Entry 10-90

 Symbologies 10 - 7

Disable All Code Types

To disable all symbologies, scan the bar code below. This is useful when enabling only a few code types.

Disable All Code Types

10 - 8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

UPC/EAN
Enable/Disable UPC-A
Parameter # 01h
To enable or disable UPC-A, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable UPC-A
(01h)

Disable UPC-A
(00h)

Enable/Disable UPC-E
Parameter # 02h
To enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable UPC-E
(01h)

Disable UPC-E
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 9

Enable/Disable UPC-E1
Parameter # 0Ch
UPC-E1 is disabled by default.

To enable or disable UPC-E1, scan the appropriate bar code below.

NOTE UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uniform Code Council) approved symbology.

Enable UPC-E1
(01h)

*Disable UPC-E1
(00h)

Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8
Parameter # 04h
To enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable EAN-8/JAN-8
(01h)

Disable EAN-8/JAN-8
(00h)
10 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13
Parameter # 03h
To enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable EAN-13/JAN-13
(01h)

Disable EAN-13/JAN-13
(00h)

Enable/Disable Bookland EAN

Parameter # 53h
To enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Bookland EAN

(01h)

*Disable Bookland EAN

(00h)

NOTE If you enable Bookland EAN, select a Bookland ISBN Format on page 10-23. Also select either Decode
UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental
Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 10-11.
 Symbologies 10 - 11

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

Parameter # 10h
Supplementals are bar codes appended according to specific format conventions (e.g., UPC A+2, UPC E+2,
EAN 13+2). The following options are available:

• If you select Ignore UPC/EAN with Supplementals, and the scanner is presented with a UPC/EAN
plus supplemental symbol, the scanner decodes UPC/EAN and ignores the supplemental characters.
• If you select Decode UPC/EAN with Supplementals, the scanner only decodes UPC/EAN symbols
with supplemental characters, and ignores symbols without supplementals.
• If you select Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, the scanner decodes UPC/EAN symbols
with supplemental characters immediately. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the scanner
must decode the bar code the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on
page 10-15 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental.
• If you select one of the following Supplemental Mode options, the scanner immediately transmits
EAN-13 bar codes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters. If the symbol does not
have a supplemental, the scanner must decode the bar code the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN
Supplemental Redundancy on page 10-15 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no
supplemental. The scanner transmits UPC/EAN bar codes that do not have that prefix immediately.
• Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode
• Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

NOTE If you select 978/979 Supplemental Mode and are scanning Bookland EAN bar codes, see
Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 10-10 to enable Bookland EAN, and select a format using
Bookland ISBN Format on page 10-23.

• Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

• Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode
• Enable 491 Supplemental Mode
• Enable Smart Supplemental Mode - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with any prefix listed
previously.
• Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with a 3-digit
user-defined prefix. Set this 3-digit prefix using User-Programmable Supplementals on page 10-14.
• Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with
either of two 3-digit user-defined prefixes. Set the 3-digit prefixes using User-Programmable
Supplementals on page 10-14.
• Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting with any
prefix listed previously or the user-defined prefix set using User-Programmable Supplementals on
page 10-14.
• Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 bar codes starting
with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user-defined prefixes set using
User-Programmable Supplementals on page 10-14.

NOTE To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission, select either to decode or ignore supplemental
characters.
10 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued)

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supplementals

(01h)

*Ignore Supplementals
(00h)

Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(02h)

Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode

(04h)

Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

(05h)

Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

(07h)
 Symbologies 10 - 13

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued)

Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode

(06h)

Enable 491 Supplemental Mode

(08h)

Enable Smart Supplemental Mode

(03h)

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1

(09h)

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2

(0Ah)

Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1

(0Bh)

Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2

(0Ch)
10 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

User-Programmable Supplementals
Supplemental 1: Parameter # F1h 43h
Supplemental 2: Parameter # F1h 44h
If you selected a Supplemental User-Programmable option from Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on
page 10-11, select User-Programmable Supplemental 1 to set the 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits
using the numeric bar codes beginning on page D-1. Select User-Programmable Supplemental 2 to set a
second 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric bar codes beginning on page D-1.

User-Programmable Supplemental 1

User-Programmable Supplemental 2
 Symbologies 10 - 15

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

Parameter # 50h
If you selected Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals, this option adjusts the number of times a
symbol without supplementals is decoded before transmission. The range is from two to thirty times. Five or
above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with and without supplementals. The
default is set at 10.

Scan the bar code below to set a decode redundancy value. Next, scan two numeric bar codes in Appendix D,
Numeric Bar Codes. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2.

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

10 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format

Parameter # F1h A0h
Select an output format when reporting UPC/EAN/JAN bar codes with Supplementals with Transmit Code ID
Character on page 4-21 set to AIM Code ID Character:

• Separate - transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs but one transmission, i.e.:
]E<0 or 4><data>]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]
• Combined – transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with one AIM ID and one transmission, i.e.:
]E3<data+supplemental data>
• Separate Transmissions - transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs and separate
transmissions, i.e.:
]E<0 or 4><data>
]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

Separate
(00h)

*Combined
(01h)

Separate Transmissions
(02h)
 Symbologies 10 - 17

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

Parameter # 28h
The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate
bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always verified to
guarantee the integrity of the data.

*Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(01h)

Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(00h)

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

Parameter # 29h
The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate
bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-E check digit. It is always verified to
guarantee the integrity of the data.

*Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(01h)

Do Not Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(00h)
10 - 18 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

Parameter # 2Ah
The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate
bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always verified to
guarantee the integrity of the data.

*Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(01h)

Do Not Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(00h)

UPC-A Preamble
Parameter # 22h
Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are
three options for transmitting a UPC-A preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit
System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to
match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)
(00h)

*System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(01h)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)
(02h)
 Symbologies 10 - 19

UPC-E Preamble
Parameter # 23h
Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are
three options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit
System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to
match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)
(00h)

*System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(01h)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)
(02h)
10 - 20 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

UPC-E1 Preamble
Parameter # 24h
Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There are
three options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only, transmit
System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the appropriate option to
match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)
(00h)

*System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(01h)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)
(02h)
 Symbologies 10 - 21

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A

Parameter # 25h
Enable this to convert UPC-E (zero suppressed) decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After
conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble,
Check Digit).
Disable this to transmit UPC-E decoded data as UPC-E data, without conversion.

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Disable)

(00h)

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A

Parameter # 26h
Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the data
follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check Digit).

Disable this to transmit UPC-E1 decoded data as UPC-E1 data, without conversion.

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable)

(00h)
10 - 22 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend
Parameter # 27h
Enable this to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN-8 symbols to make them compatible in format to EAN-13
symbols.

Disable this to transmit EAN-8 symbols as is.

Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(01h)

*Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 23

Bookland ISBN Format

Parameter # F1h 40h
If you enabled Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 10-10, select one of the following
formats for Bookland data:

• Bookland ISBN-10 - The scanner reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10-digit format
with the special Bookland check digit for backward-compatibility. Data starting with 979 is not considered
Bookland in this mode.
• Bookland ISBN-13 - The scanner reports Bookland data (starting with either 978 or 979) as EAN-13 in
13-digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN-13 protocol.

*Bookland ISBN-10
(00h)

Bookland ISBN-13
(01h)

NOTE For Bookland EAN to function properly, first enable Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland EAN
on page 10-10, then select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN
Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on
page 10-11.
10 - 24 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

UCC Coupon Extended Code

Parameter # 55h
Enable this to decode UPC-A bar codes starting with digit ‘5’, EAN-13 bar codes starting with digit ‘99’, and
UPC-A/GS1-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and GS1-128 must be enabled to scan all types of
Coupon Codes.

Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(01h)

*Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(00h)

NOTE Use the Decode UPC/EAN Supplemental Redundancy parameter to control autodiscrimination of the
GS1-128 (right half) of a coupon code.
 Symbologies 10 - 25

Coupon Report
Parameter # F1h DAh
Traditional coupon symbols (old coupon symbols) are composed of two bar codes: UPC/EAN and Code128. A
new coupon symbol is composed of a single Databar Expanded bar code. The new coupon format offers more
options for purchase values (up to $999.99) and supports complex discount offers such as a second purchase
requirement.

An interim coupon symbol also exists that contains both types of bar codes: UPC/EAN and Databar Expanded.
This format accommodates both retailers that do not recognize or use the additional information included in the
new coupon symbol, as well as those who can process new coupon symbols.

Scan a bar code below to select one of the following options for decoding coupon symbols:

• Old Coupon Format - Scanning an old coupon symbol reports both the UPC and Code 128 portion of the
symbol if both are present in the field of view. The scanner may report either the UPC or the Code 128 if
only one is within the field of view or is readable. UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page
10-15 controls the number of times the scanner attempts to decode the entire symbol before
transmission. Additionally, scanning an interim coupon symbol reports UPC, and scanning a new coupon
symbol reports nothing (no decode).
• New Coupon Format - Scanning an old coupon symbol reports either UPC or Code 128, and scanning an
interim coupon symbol or a new coupon symbol reports Databar Expanded.
• Both Coupon Formats - Scanning an old coupon symbol reports both the UPC and Code 128 portion of
the symbol if both are present in the field of view. The scanner may report either the UPC or the Code
128 if only one is within the field of view or is readable. UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on
page 10-15 controls the number of times the scanner attempts to decode the entire symbol before
transmission. Additionally, scanning an interim coupon symbol or a new coupon symbol reports Databar
Expanded.

Old Coupon Format

(00h)

*New Coupon Format

(01h)

Both Coupon Formats

(02h)
10 - 26 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

ISSN EAN
Parameter # F1h 69h
To enable or disable ISSN EAN, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable ISSN EAN

(01h)

*Disable ISSN EAN

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 27

Code 128
Enable/Disable Code 128
Parameter # 08h
To enable or disable Code 128, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Code 128

(01h)

Disable Code 128

(00h)

Set Lengths for Code 128

Parameter # L1 = D1h, L2 = D2h
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within
a specific range.

NOTE When setting lengths for different bar code types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example,
to decode only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 128 - One Discrete Length, then scan
1 followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes.
For example, to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 128 -
Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 128 symbol within a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode Code 128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 128 - Length
Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an
error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Select this option to decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of characters
within the digital imager scanner’s capability.
10 - 28 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Set Lengths for Code 128 (continued)

Code 128 - One Discrete Length

Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths

Code 128 - Length Within Range

*Code 128 - Any Length

 Symbologies 10 - 29

Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)

Parameter # 0Eh
To enable or disable GS1-128, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable GS1-128
(01h)

Disable GS1-128
(00h)

Enable/Disable ISBT 128

Parameter # 54h
ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry. Scan a bar code below to enable or disable
ISBT 128. If necessary, the host must perform concatenation of the ISBT data.

*Enable ISBT 128

(01h)

Disable ISBT 128

(00h)
10 - 30 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

ISBT Concatenation
Parameter # F1h 41h
Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types:

• If you select Disable ISBT Concatenation, the digital imager scanner does not concatenate pairs
of ISBT codes it encounters.
• If you select Enable ISBT Concatenation, there must be two ISBT codes in order for the digital
imager scanner to decode and perform concatenation. The digital imager scanner does not decode
single ISBT symbols.
• If you select Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation, the digital imager scanner decodes and
concatenates pairs of ISBT codes immediately. If only a single ISBT symbol is present, the digital imager
scanner must decode the symbol the number of times set via ISBT Concatenation Redundancy on page
10-31 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol.

*Disable ISBT Concatenation

(00h)

Enable ISBT Concatenation

(01h)

Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation

(02h)
 Symbologies 10 - 31

Check ISBT Table

Parameter # F1h 42h
The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT bar codes that are commonly used in
pairs. If you set ISBT Concatenation to Enable, enable Check ISBT Table to concatenate only those pairs
found in this table. Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated.

*Enable Check ISBT Table

(01h)

Disable Check ISBT Table

(00h)

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Parameter # DFh
If you set ISBT Concatenation to Autodiscriminate, use this parameter to set the number of times the digital
imager scanner must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol.

Scan the bar code below, then scan two numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes to set a value
between 2 and 20. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2. The default is 10.

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

10 - 32 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Code 39
Enable/Disable Code 39
Parameter # 00h
To enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Code 39
(01h)

Disable Code 39
(00h)

Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39

Parameter # 0Dh
Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges. Trioptic Code 39
symbols always contain six characters. To enable or disable Trioptic Code 39, scan the appropriate bar code
below.

Enable Trioptic Code 39

(01h)

*Disable Trioptic Code 39

(00h)

NOTE You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.
 Symbologies 10 - 33

Convert Code 39 to Code 32

Parameter # 56h
Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry. Scan the appropriate bar code
below to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32.

NOTE Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(01h)

*Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(00h)

Code 32 Prefix
Parameter # E7h
Scan the appropriate bar code below to enable or disable adding the prefix character “A” to all Code 32 bar
codes.

NOTE Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Code 32 Prefix

(01h)

*Disable Code 32 Prefix

(00h)
10 - 34 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Set Lengths for Code 39

Parameter # L1 = 12h, L2 = 13h
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within
a specific range. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled, Length Within a Range or Any Length are the preferred
options.

NOTE When setting lengths for different bar code types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 39 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only those Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 39 -
Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 39 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode Code 39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 39 - Length
Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an
error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Select this option to decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital imager scanner capability.

Code 39 - One Discrete Length

Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths

 Symbologies 10 - 35

Set Lengths for Code 39 (continued)

Code 39 - Length Within Range

Code 39 - Any Length

Code 39 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 30h
Enable this feature to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with specified
check digit algorithm. Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded, so only
enable this if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit.

Enable Code 39 Check Digit

(01h)

*Disable Code 39 Check Digit

(00h)
10 - 36 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

Parameter # 2Bh
Scan a bar code below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Disable)

(00h)

NOTE Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion

Parameter # 11h
Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set. To
enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Code 39 Full ASCII

(01h)

*Disable Code 39 Full ASCII

(00h)

NOTE You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host-dependent. See the ASCII Character Set for USB on
page 7-21 or the ASCII Character Set for RS-232 on page 8-21 for more information.
 Symbologies 10 - 37

Code 39 Buffering (Scan & Store)

Parameter # 71h
This feature allows the digital imager scanner to accumulate data from multiple Code 39 symbols.

Selecting the Scan and Store option (Buffer Code 39) temporarily buffers all Code 39 symbols having a
leading space as a first character for later transmission. The leading space is not buffered.

Decode of a valid Code 39 symbol with no leading space transmits in sequence all buffered data in a first-in
first-out format, plus the “triggering” symbol. See the following pages for further details.

Select Do Not Buffer Code 39 to transmit all decoded Code 39 symbols immediately without being stored in
the buffer.

This feature affects Code 39 only. If selecting Buffer Code 39, Zebra recommends configuring the digital
imager scanner to decode Code 39 symbology only.

Buffer Code 39 (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Buffer Code 39 (Disable)

(00h)

While there is data in the transmission buffer, you cannot select Do Not Buffer Code 39. The buffer holds
200 bytes of information.

To disable Code 39 buffering when there is data in the transmission buffer, first force the buffer transmission
(see Transmit Buffer on page 10-38) or clear the buffer.

Buffer Data
To buffer data, Code 39 buffering must be enabled and a Code 39 symbol must be read with a space
immediately following the start pattern.

• Unless the data overflows the transmission buffer, the digital imager scanner issues a low/high beep to
indicate successful decode and buffering. For overflow conditions, see Overfilling Transmission Buffer.
• The digital imager scanner adds the decoded data excluding the leading space to the transmission
buffer.
• No transmission occurs.
10 - 38 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Clear Transmission Buffer

To clear the transmission buffer, scan the Clear Buffer bar code below, which contains only a start character, a
dash (minus), and a stop character.

• The digital imager scanner issues a short high/low/high beep.

• The digital imager scanner erases the transmission buffer.
• No transmission occurs.

Clear Buffer

NOTE The Clear Buffer contains only the dash (minus) character. To scan this command, set Code 39 lengths to
include length 1.

Transmit Buffer
There are two methods to transmit the Code 39 buffer.

1. Scan the Transmit Buffer bar code, which includes only a start character, a plus (+), and a stop character.

2. The digital imager scanner transmits and clears the buffer.

• The digital imager scanner issues a Low/High beep.

Transmit Buffer

3. Scan a Code 39 bar code with a leading character other than a space.
• The digital imager scanner appends new decode data to buffered data.
• The digital imager scanner transmits and clears the buffer.
• The digital imager scanner signals that the buffer transmitted with a low/high beep.
• The digital imager scanner transmits and clears the buffer.
NOTE The Transmit Buffer contains only a plus (+) character. In order to scan this command, set Code 39
lengths to include length 1.
 Symbologies 10 - 39

Overfilling Transmission Buffer

The Code 39 buffer holds 200 characters. If the symbol just read results in an overflow of the transmission
buffer:

• The digital imager scanner indicates that it rejected the symbol by issuing three long, high beeps.
• No transmission occurs. The data in the buffer is not affected.

Attempt to Transmit an Empty Buffer

If the symbol just read was the Transmit Buffer symbol and the Code 39 buffer is empty:

• A short low/high/low beep signals that the buffer is empty.

• No transmission occurs.
• The buffer remains empty.
10 - 40 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Code 93
Enable/Disable Code 93
Parameter # 09h
To enable or disable Code 93, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Code 93
(01h)

*Disable Code 93
(00h)

Set Lengths for Code 93

Parameter # L1 = 1Ah, L2 = 1Bh
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within
a specific range.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 93 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 93 - Two
Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 93 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example,
to decode Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 93 - Length
Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an
error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital imager scanner’s capability.
 Symbologies 10 - 41

Set Lengths for Code 93 (continued)

Code 93 - One Discrete Length

Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths

Code 93 - Length Within Range

Code 93 - Any Length

10 - 42 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Code 11
Code 11
Parameter # 0Ah
To enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Code 11
(01h)

*Disable Code 11
(00h)

Set Lengths for Code 11

Parameter # L1 = 1Ch, L2 = 1Dh
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within
a specific range.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 11 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only those Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 11 -
Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the
selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 11 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode Code 11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 11 - Length Within
Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or
change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital imager scanner capability.
 Symbologies 10 - 43

Set Lengths for Code 11 (continued)

Code 11 - One Discrete Length

Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths

Code 11 - Length Within Range

Code 11 - Any Length

10 - 44 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Code 11 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 34h
Enable this to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data complies with the specified
check digit algorithm. This selects the check digit mechanism for the decoded Code 11 bar code. The options
are to check for one check digit, check for two check digits, or disable the feature.

To enable this feature, scan the bar code below corresponding to the number of check digits encoded in the
Code 11 symbols.

*Disable
(00h)

One Check Digit

(01h)

Two Check Digits

(02h)
 Symbologies 10 - 45

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits

Parameter # 2Fh
This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s).

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(00h)

NOTE Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.
10 - 46 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5
Parameter # 06h
To enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below, and select an Interleaved 2 of 5
length from the following pages.

*Enable Interleaved 2 of 5
(01h)

Disable Interleaved 2 of 5
(00h)

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 16h, L2 = 17h
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a
specific range.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only I 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only those I 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select I 2 of 5 - Two
Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode an I 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan I 2 of 5 - Length Within
Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or
change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within the
digital imager scanner’s capability.

NOTE Due to the construction of the I 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the
code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code. To prevent this,
select specific lengths (I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for I 2 of 5 applications.
 Symbologies 10 - 47

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5

I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

I 2 of 5 - Any Length
10 - 48 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 31h
Enable this to check the integrity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the specified
Uniform Symbology Specification (USS), or the Optical Product Code Council (OPCC) check digit algorithm.

*Disable
(00h)

USS Check Digit

(01h)

OPCC Check Digit

(02h)

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 2Ch
Scan the appropriate bar code below to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Disable)

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 49

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13
Parameter # 52h
Enable this parameter to convert 14-character I 2 of 5 codes to EAN-13, and transmit to the host as EAN-13.
To accomplish this, the I 2 of 5 code must be enabled, and the code must have a leading zero and a valid
EAN-13 check digit.

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable)

(01h)

*Do Not Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Disable)

(00h)
10 - 50 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5
Parameter # 05h
To enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Discrete 2 of 5
(01h)

*Disable Discrete 2 of 5
(00h)

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 14h, L2 = 15h
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a
specific range.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only D 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only those D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select D 2 of 5 -
Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the
selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a D 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan D 2 of 5 - Length Within
Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (single digit numbers must always be preceded by a leading zero). To
correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital imager scanner capability.

NOTE Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of
the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code. To prevent
this, select specific lengths (D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for D 2 of 5
applications.
 Symbologies 10 - 51

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 (continued)

D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

D 2 of 5 - Any Length
10 - 52 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Codabar (NW - 7)
Enable/Disable Codabar
Parameter # 07h
To enable or disable Codabar, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Codabar
(01h)

*Disable Codabar
(00h)

Set Lengths for Codabar

Parameter # L1 = 18h, L2 = 19h
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within
a specific range.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only Codabar symbols with 14 characters, scan Codabar - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Codabar - Two
Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection,
scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Codabar symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Codabar - Length
Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (single digit numbers must always be preceded by a leading
zero). To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital imager scanner’s capability.
 Symbologies 10 - 53

Set Lengths for Codabar (continued)

Codabar - One Discrete Length

Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths

Codabar - Length Within Range

Codabar - Any Length

10 - 54 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

CLSI Editing
Parameter # 36h
Enable this to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first, fifth, and tenth characters of
a 14-character Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data format.

NOTE Symbol length does not include start and stop characters.

Enable CLSI Editing

(01h)

*Disable CLSI Editing

(00h)

NOTIS Editing
Parameter # 37h
Enable this to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the
host system requires this data format.

Enable NOTIS Editing

(01h)

*Disable NOTIS Editing

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 55

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Transmission

Parameter # F2h 57h
Select whether to transmit upper case or lower case Codabar start/stop characters.

*Upper Case
(00h)

Lower Case
(01h)
10 - 56 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

MSI
Enable/Disable MSI
Parameter # 0Bh
To enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable MSI
(01h)

*Disable MSI
(00h)

Set Lengths for MSI

Parameter # L1 = 1Eh, L2 = 1Fh
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for MSI to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within a
specific range.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to
decode only MSI symbols with 14 characters, scan MSI - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by
4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For
example, to decode only MSI symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select MSI - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel
on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a MSI symbol within a specific length range.
Select lengths using numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example, to decode
MSI symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan MSI - Length Within Range. Then
scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the
selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the
digital imager scanner capability.

NOTE Due to the construction of the MSI symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion of the
code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the bar code. To prevent this,
select specific lengths (MSI - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for MSI applications.
 Symbologies 10 - 57

Set Lengths for MSI (continued)

MSI - One Discrete Length

MSI - Two Discrete Lengths

MSI - Length Within Range

MSI - Any Length

MSI Check Digits

Parameter # 32h
With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader. The second check digit is
optional. If the MSI codes include two check digits, scan the Two MSI Check Digits bar code to enable
verification of the second check digit.

See MSI Check Digit Algorithm on page 10-58 for the selection of second digit algorithms.

*One MSI Check Digit

(00h)

Two MSI Check Digits

(01h)
10 - 58 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)

Parameter # 2Eh
Scan a bar code below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit.

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(01h

*Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(00h)

MSI Check Digit Algorithm

Parameter # 33h
Two algorithms are possible for verifying the second MSI check digit. Select the bar code below corresponding
to the algorithm used to encode the check digit.

MOD 10/MOD 11
(00h)

*MOD 10/MOD 10
(01h)
 Symbologies 10 - 59

Chinese 2 of 5
Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5
Parameter # F0h 98h
To enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Chinese 2 of 5
(01h)

*Disable Chinese 2 of 5
(00h)

Matrix 2 of 5
Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5
Parameter # F1h 6Ah
To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable Matrix 2 of 5
(01h)

*Disable Matrix 2 of 5
(00h)
10 - 60 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = F1h 6Bh, L2 = F1h 6Ch
The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example,
to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then
scan 1 followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes.
For example, to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Matrix 2
of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the
selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Matrix 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using the numeric bar codes in Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes. For example,
to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Matrix 2 of 5 -
Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To
correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page D-2.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters
within the digital imager scanner’s capability.

*Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

Matrix 2 of 5 - Any Length

 Symbologies 10 - 61

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # F1h 6Eh
The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the appropriate
bar code below to transmit the bar code data with or without the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit.

Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(01h)

*Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(00h)

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # F1h 6Fh
Scan a bar code below to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(01h)

*Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(00h)
10 - 62 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Korean 3 of 5
Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5
Parameter # F1h 45h
To enable or disable Korean 3 of 5, scan the appropriate bar code below.

NOTE The length for Korean 3 of 5 is fixed at 6.

Enable Korean 3 of 5
(01h)

*Disable Korean 3 of 5
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 63

Inverse 1D
Parameter # F1h 4Ah
This parameter sets the 1D inverse decoder setting. Options are:

• Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular 1D bar codes only.

• Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse 1D bar codes only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse 1D bar codes.
NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows:
DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular
DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect

Regular
(00h)

Inverse Only
(01h)

Inverse Autodetect
(02h)
10 - 64 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Postal Codes
US Postnet
Parameter # 59h
To enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable US Postnet
(01h)

Disable US Postnet
(00h)

US Planet
Parameter # 5Ah
To enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable US Planet
(01h)

Disable US Planet
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 65

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 5Fh
Select whether to transmit US Postal data, which includes both US Postnet and US Planet, with or without the
check digit.

*Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(01h)

Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(00h)

UK Postal
Parameter # 5Bh
To enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable UK Postal
(01h)

Disable UK Postal
(00h)
10 - 66 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 60h
Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit.

*Transmit UK Postal
Check Digit
(01h)

Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

(00h)

Japan Postal
Parameter # F0h 22h
To enable or disable Japan Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Japan Postal

(01h)

Disable Japan Postal

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 67

Australia Post
Parameter # F0h 23h
To enable or disable Australia Post, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Australia Post

(01h)

Disable Australia Post

(00h)
10 - 68 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Australia Post Format

Parameter # F1h CEh
To select one of the following formats for Australia Post, scan the appropriate bar code below:

• Autodiscriminate (or Smart mode) - Attempt to decode the Customer Information Field using the N and C
Encoding Tables.

NOTE This option increases the risk of misdecodes because the encoded data format does not specify the
Encoding Table used for encoding.

• Raw Format - Output raw bar patterns as a series of numbers 0 through 3.

• Alphanumeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the C Encoding Table.
• Numeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the N Encoding Table.
For more information on Australia Post Encoding Tables, refer to the Australia Post Customer Barcoding
Technical Specifications available at http://www.auspost.com.au.

*Autodiscriminate
(00h)

Raw Format
(01h)

Alphanumeric Encoding
(02h)

Numeric Encoding
(03h)
 Symbologies 10 - 69

Netherlands KIX Code

Parameter # F0h 46h
To enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Netherlands KIX Code

(01h)

Disable Netherlands KIX Code

(00h)

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

Parameter # F1h 50h
To enable or disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(01h)

*Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(00h)
10 - 70 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

UPU FICS Postal

Parameter # F1h 63h
To enable or disable UPU FICS Postal, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable UPU FICS Postal

(01h)

*Disable UPU FICS Postal

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 71

GS1 DataBar (formerly RSS, Reduced Space Symbology)

The variants of GS1 DataBar are DataBar-14, DataBar Expanded, and DataBar Limited. The limited and
expanded versions have stacked variants. Scan the appropriate bar codes to enable or disable each variant of
GS1 DataBar.

NOTE For increased decoding security, scanners with later firmware versions do not support decoding inverse
video GS1 DataBar bar codes.

GS1 DataBar-14
Parameter # F0h 52h

*Enable GS1 DataBar-14

(01h)

Disable GS1 DataBar-14

(00h)

GS1 DataBar Limited

Parameter # F0h 53h

Enable GS1 DataBar Limited

(01h)

*Disable GS1 DataBar Limited

(00h)
10 - 72 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level

Parameter # F1h D8h
The digital imager scanner offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar Limited bar codes. There is
an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security
may result in reduced aggressiveness in scanning, so only choose the level of security necessary.

• Level 1 – No clear margin required. This complies with the original GS1 standard, yet might result in
erroneous1 decoding of the DataBar Limited bar code when scanning some UPC symbols that start with
the digits “9” and “7”.
• Level 2 – Automatic risk detection. This level of security may result in erroneous decoding of DataBar
Limited bar codes when scanning some UPC symbols. If a misdecode is detected, the scanner operates
in Level 3 or Level 1.
• Level 3 – Security level reflects newly proposed GS1 standard that requires a 5X trailing clear margin.
• Level 4 – Security level extends beyond the standard required by GS1. This level of security requires a
5X leading and trailing clear margin.

GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 1

(01h)

GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 2

(02h)

*GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 3

(03h)

GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level 4

(04h)

1. May result in erroneous decoding due to Databar Limited and UPC symbologies.
 Symbologies 10 - 73

GS1 DataBar Expanded

Parameter # F0h 54h

*Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(01h)

Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(00h)

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

Parameter # F0h 8Dh
This parameter only applies to DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited symbols not decoded as part of a Composite
symbol. Enable this to strip the leading '010' from DataBar-14 and DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single
zero as the first digit, and report the bar code as EAN-13.

For bar codes beginning with two or more zeros but not six zeros, this parameter strips the leading '0100' and
reports the bar code as UPC-A. The UPC-A Preamble parameter that transmits the system character and
country code applies to converted bar codes. Note that neither the system character nor the check digit can be
stripped.

Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(01h)

*Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(00h)
10 - 74 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Composite
Composite CC-C
Parameter # F0h 55h
Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type CC-C.

Enable CC-C
(01h)

*Disable CC-C
(00h)

Composite CC-A/B
Parameter # F0h 56h
Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type CC-A/B.

Enable CC-A/B
(01h)

*Disable CC-A/B
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 75

Composite TLC-39
Parameter # F0h 73h
Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Composite bar codes of type TLC-39.

Enable TLC39
(01h)

*Disable TLC39
(00h)
10 - 76 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

UPC Composite Mode

Parameter # F0h 58h
Select one of three options for “linking” UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one
symbol:
• Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC bar codes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected.
• Select UPC Always Linked to transmit UPC bar codes and the 2D portion.
If 2D is not present, the UPC bar code does not transmit.
• If you select Autodiscriminate UPC Composites, the scanner determines if there is a 2D portion, then
transmits the UPC, as well as the 2D portion if present.

UPC Never Linked

(00h)

*UPC Always Linked

(01h)

Autodiscriminate UPC Composites

(02h)
 Symbologies 10 - 77

Composite Beep Mode

Parameter # F0h 8Eh
To select the number of decode beeps when a the scanner decodes a composite bar code, scan the
appropriate bar code.

Single Beep after both are decoded

(00h)

*Beep as each code type is decoded

(01h)

Double Beep after both are decoded

(02h)

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes

Parameter # F0h ABh
Select whether to enable or disable this mode.

Enable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes
(01h)

*Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes
(00h)
10 - 78 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

2D Symbologies
Enable/Disable PDF417
Parameter # 0Fh
To enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable PDF417
(01h)

Disable PDF417
(00h)

Enable/Disable MicroPDF417
Parameter # E3h
To enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appropriate bar code below.

Enable MicroPDF417
(01h)

*Disable MicroPDF417
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 79

Code 128 Emulation

Parameter # 7Bh
Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as if it was encoded in Code 128
symbols. You must select AIM Code ID Character (01h) on page 4-21 for this parameter to work.

Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:

]C1 if the first codeword is 903-905

]C2 if the first codeword is 908 or 909
]C0 if the first codeword is 910 or 911

Disable this to transmit them with one of the following prefixes:

]L3 if the first codeword is 903-905

]L4 if the first codeword is 908 or 909
]L5 if the first codeword is 910 or 911

Scan a bar code below to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation.

NOTE Linked MicroPDF codewords 906, 907, 912, 914, and 915 are not supported. Use GS1 Composites
instead.

Enable Code 128 Emulation

(01h)

*Disable Code 128 Emulation

(00h)
10 - 80 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Data Matrix
Parameter # F0h 24h
To enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Data Matrix

(01h)

Disable Data Matrix

(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 81

Data Matrix Inverse

Parameter # F1h 4Ch
This parameter sets the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting. Options are:

• Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular Data Matrix bar codes only.
• Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse Data Matrix bar codes only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix bar codes.
NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows:
DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular
DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect

Regular
(00h)

Inverse Only
(01h)

Inverse Autodetect
(02h)
10 - 82 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Maxicode
Parameter # F0h 26h
To enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Maxicode
(01h)

Disable Maxicode
(00h)

QR Code
Parameter # F0h 25h
To enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable QR Code
(01h)

Disable QR Code
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 83

QR Inverse
Parameter # F1h 4Bh
This parameter sets the QR inverse decoder setting. Options are:

• Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular QR bar codes only.

• Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse QR bar codes only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse QR bar codes.
NOTE The default for this option varies by scanner model as follows:
DS6707-SR, DS6707-DC: Regular
DS6707-DP, DS6707-HD: Inverse Autodetect

Regular
(00h)

Inverse Only
(01h)

Inverse Autodetect
(02h)
10 - 84 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

MicroQR
Parameter # F1h 3Dh
To enable or disable MicroQR, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable MicroQR
(01h)

Disable MicroQR
(00h)

Aztec
Parameter # F1h 3Eh
To enable or disable Aztec, scan the appropriate bar code below.

*Enable Aztec
(01h)

Disable Aztec
(00h)
 Symbologies 10 - 85

Aztec Inverse
Parameter # F1h 4Dh
This parameter sets the Aztec inverse decoder setting. Options are:

• Regular Only - the scanner decodes regular Aztec bar codes only.
• Inverse Only - the scanner decodes inverse Aztec bar codes only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the scanner decodes both regular and inverse Aztec bar codes.

Regular
(00h)

Inverse Only
(01h)

*Inverse Autodetect
(02h)
10 - 86 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Redundancy Level
Parameter # 4Eh
The digital imager scanner offers four levels of decode redundancy. Select higher redundancy levels for
decreasing levels of bar code quality. As redundancy levels increase, the digital imager scanner’s
aggressiveness decreases.

Select the redundancy level appropriate for the bar code quality.

Redundancy Level 1
The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 10-2 Redundancy Level 1 Codes

Code Type Code Length

Codabar 8 characters or less

MSI 4 characters or less

D 2 of 5 8 characters or less

I 2 of 5 8 characters or less

Redundancy Level 2
The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 10-3 Redundancy Level 2 Codes

Code Type Code Length

All All

Redundancy Level 3
Code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded. The following
codes must be read three times:

Table 10-4 Redundancy Level 3 Codes

Code Type Code Length

MSI Plessey 4 characters or less

D 2 of 5 8 characters or less

I 2 of 5 8 characters or less

Codabar 8 characters or less

 Symbologies 10 - 87

Redundancy Level (continued)

Redundancy Level 4
The following code types must be successfully read three times before being decoded:

Table 10-5 Redundancy Level 4 Codes

Code Type Code Length

All All

*Redundancy Level 1
(01h)

Redundancy Level 2
(02h)

Redundancy Level 3
(03h)

Redundancy Level 4
(04h)
10 - 88 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Security Level
Parameter # 4Dh
The digital imager scanner offers four levels of decode security for delta bar codes, which include the Code
128 family, UPC/EAN, and Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of bar code
quality. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital imager scanner aggressiveness, so
choose only that level of security necessary for any given application.

• Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital imager scanner to operate in its most aggressive state,
while providing sufficient security in decoding most “in-spec” bar codes.
• Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
• Security Level 2: Select this option if Security level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
• Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level.
Be advised, selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out of spec bar
codes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital imager
scanner. If you need this level of security, try to improve the quality of the bar codes.

Security Level 0
(00h)

*Security Level 1
(01h)

Security Level 2
(02h)

Security Level 3
(03h)
 Symbologies 10 - 89

Intercharacter Gap Size

Parameter # F0h 7Dh
The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small. Due to various
bar code-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed, preventing the digital
imager scanner from decoding the symbol. If this problem occurs, scan Large Intercharacter Gaps to tolerate
these out-of-specification bar codes.

*Normal Intercharacter Gaps

(06h)

Large Intercharacter Gaps

(0Ah)

Report Version
Scan the bar code below to report the version of software installed in the digital imager scanner.

Report Software Version

10 - 90 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Macro PDF Features

Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital imager
scanner can decode symbols that are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 kB of decoded
data stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols.

CAUTION When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as each sequence has unique identifiers.
Do not mix bar codes from several Macro PDF sequences, even if they encode the same data. When
scanning Macro PDF sequences, scan the entire Macro PDF sequence without interruption. If, when
scanning a mixed sequence, the digital imager scanner emits two long low beeps (Low Low) this
indicates an inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error.

Flush Macro Buffer

This flushes the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point, transmits it to the host device, and
aborts from Macro PDF mode.

Flush Macro PDF Buffer

Abort Macro PDF Entry

This clears all currently-stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and aborts from Macro PDF
mode.

Abort Macro PDF Entry

CHAPTER 11 INTELLIGENT DOCUMENT
CAPTURE

Introduction
Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) is Zebra advanced image processing firmware for select imager based
scanners. This chapter describes the IDC functionality, provides parameter bar codes to control its features,
and includes a quick start procedure to get you started with IDC.

NOTE IDC is intended for use with the DS6707-DC configuration, and is fully supported by this model only.

The IDC Process

Intelligent Document Capture:

1. Verifies a bar code is appropriate to use as an IDC anchor or link. See Bar Code Acceptance Test.

2. Determines the rectangular region to capture as an image. See Capture Region Determination on page
11-2.

3. Processes the captured image. See Image Post Processing on page 11-3.

4. Transmits the data. See Data Transmission on page 11-3.

11 - 2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Bar Code Acceptance Test

Upon decoding a bar code, the scanner checks to ensure that the bar code fits the description of a bar code
that anchors or links to an IDC form. To be accepted as an IDC bar code:

• The symbology must be enabled in the IDC symbology parameter and enabled for decode in the
scanner. The IDC firmware allows enabling between zero and eight symbologies simultaneously:
Code 128, Code 39, Interleaved 2 of 5, Discrete 2 of 5, Codabar, PDF417, Data Matrix, and EAN-128.
• The decoded data must satisfy the values set in the IDC Minimum Text Length and IDC Maximum Text
Length parameters. To disable either of these checks, set the value to zero.

If the bar code does not satisfy both requirements, it is sent as a normal (non-IDC) decode.

An IDC bar code is required when IDC Operating Mode on page 11-5 is set to Anchored or Linked.

Free-Form operating mode does not require a bar code, but transmits decoded data if one is found and
satisfies the requirements. If no bar code is decoded, the document capture process starts but can be subject
to the following condition: specify a non-zero value for the IDC Delay Time on page 11-14. The scanner must
wait for at least this amount of time after trigger pull before capturing a document, unless a bar code is
decoded before the time expires.

If Picklist Mode on page 4-10 is enabled, the bar code must be directly under the aiming pattern, within the
scanner’s decode range, and the region to capture completely within the scanner's field-of-view.

Capture Region Determination

After accepting an IDC bar code, the firmware establishes the region to capture as an image. The method used
depends on the setting of the IDC Operating Mode as follows.

The IDC firmware emits a single low beep after successfully capturing a region. The scanner is then no longer
capturing images and can be moved without disturbing the IDC output. Be sure to hold the trigger button until
the decode beep, otherwise the IDC process may be aborted.

IDC Operating Mode = Anchored

A coordinate system is built based on the bar code in its rectified (de-skewed) form. The origin is the center of
the bar code, and the x-axis is set toward the right, from the bar code's point of view. The unit module width of
the bar code is the unit for x. The bar code can be of different sizes for the same form, as long as the center of
the bar code is the same when the bar code's length changes.

From this coordinate system, the IDC area is determined using four parameters: offsets in x and y (IDC X
Coordinate, IDC Y Coordinate) to the region's top-left corner, and width and height (IDC Width, IDC Height).

If the capture area is relatively large as compared to the bar code area, the calculation to obtain the capture
area is prone to significant errors. A recommended solution is to enclose the form with a single black-lined
rectangular border (a box), which is not in contact with any other line on the outside of the form (although it can
be connected to lines on the inside of the form). When the IDC Find Box Outline is set, the firmware searches
for the box, and does not decode if any edges are broken (such as by a protruding thumb).

The IDC Zoom Limit parameter controls the quality of the captured form. The IDC firmware rejects capturing a
form unless the width is at least the IDC Zoom Limit percentage of the IDC Width parameter. For example, if
IDC Zoom Limit is set to 100 and IDC Width is set to 150, the form must be at least 300 pixels wide before it is
captured (each unit module is scaled to two pixels).

The IDC Maximum Rotation parameter controls the maximum rotation any edge of the form can have in
relation to the imager's horizontal or vertical axis.
 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 3

IDC Operating Mode = Free-Form or Linked

The document capture region is a rectangular piece of paper, or a portion of it enclosed by a rectangular
border. In either case, all four sides of the capture region must be completely within the scanner's field-of-view,
and there must be sufficient contrast at the border of the capture region. For example, if a piece of white paper
contains the document to capture, it must be put in front of a dark background.

By default, the scanner captures the largest rectangular region within the field-of-view. To specify a particular
border type, use the IDC Border Type parameter.

The region must contain at least 10% of the field-of-view in two dimensions.

If an IDC bar code is decoded, its location is used to start the search for the capture region. Otherwise, the
capture region is searched from the center of the field-of-view. IDC also uses the orientation of a decoded IDC
bar code to orient the output image.

Image Post Processing

After determining the document capture region, the firmware de-skews and re-samples the region as described
below. Enabling IDC Captured Image Brighten calls normalization, where the brightness of the image is made
uniform, and contrast is enhanced as a large percent of background pixels is made completely white (a smaller
percent of pixels is made completely black if the firmware determines there is no danger of enhancing the
contrast of a very bland area). Enabling IDC Captured Image Sharpen enhances the sharpness of the image.

The image is re-sampled about one output pixel per input pixel for Free-Form or Linked modes and two
pixels-per-module in Anchored mode if IDC De-Skew is enabled. If IDC De-Skew is disabled, the firmware
performs a rectangular crop of the area.

The image is compressed and transmitted in one of the standard image formats selected by the IDC File
Format Selector, IDC Bits Per Pixel, and IDC JPEG Quality parameters.

Note that it may take several seconds for post processing to complete, depending on the size of the captured
region, the options enabled, and the scanner model.

Data Transmission
After processing the captured image, it is assembled with the decoded bar code data (if applicable) into an
ISO/IEC 15434 style packet and transmitted to the host. The scanner issues the standard decode beep and
the trigger can be released. Be sure the USB Device Type on page 7-5 is set to Symbol Native API (SNAPI)
with Imaging Interface.

PC Application and Programming Support

For a sample application running on the Microsoft Windows operating system, contact your Zebra
representative. This application displays bar code data and/or captured images from Intelligent Document
Capture enabled scanners and allows setting and reading IDC parameters. Complete source code and
documentation are also provided for developing custom applications. The application includes documentation
for the ISO/IEC 15434 format as used by the IDC firmware and C# code to process it.
11 - 4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Parameters
This section describes the parameters controlling the IDC firmware and provides programming bar codes for
setting them.

To set parameters requiring a range of values, scan the parameter bar code followed by two, three, or four bar
codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes corresponding to the desired value. Scan two numeric bar codes
for parameters with a maximum value of less than 100, for example, IDC Minimum Text Length. IDC Delay
Time requires scanning three digits since the maximum value is 200. Leading zeros are required.

Alternatively, use the sample application to set parameters using the parameter name. The application
provides prompts and error checking to assist in setting the parameters correctly and easily. You must use an
application to set a parameter to a negative value, as the IDC X Coordinate can require.

Table 11-1 Intelligent Document Capture (IDC) Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter Parameter Name Number Default Number

Intelligent Document Capture (IDC)

IDC Operating Mode DocCap_MODE F1h 52h Off 11-5

IDC Symbology DocCap_SYMBOLOGY F1h 8Fh 001 11-6

IDC X Coordinate DocCap_X F4h F1h 54h -151 11-7

IDC Y Coordinate DocCap_Y F4h F1h 55h -050 11-7

IDC Width DocCap_WIDTH F1h 56h 0300 11-8

IDC Height DocCap_HEIGHT F1h 57h 0050 11-8

IDC File Format Selector DocCap_FMT F1h 59h JPEG 11-9

IDC Bits Per Pixel DocCap_BPP F1h 5Ah 8 BPP 11-10

IDC JPEG Quality DocCap_JPEG_Qual F1h 5Bh 065 11-10

IDC Find Box Outline Sig_FINDBOX F1h D7h Disable 11-11

IDC Minimum Text Length DocCap_MIN_TEXT F1h 90h 00 11-11

IDC Maximum Text Length DocCap_MAX_TEXT F1h 91h 00 11-12

IDC Captured Image Brighten Sig_BRIGHTEN F1h 8Eh Enable 11-12

IDC Captured Image Sharpen Sig_SHARPEN F1h 92h Enable 11-13

IDC De-Skew Sig_DESKEW F1h 8Dh Enable 11-13

IDC Border Type DocCap_BORDER F2h 3Dh None 11-14

IDC Delay Time DocCap_DELAY F2h 3Eh 000 11-14

IDC Zoom Limit Sig_MIN_PERCENT F1h 8Bh 000 11-15

IDC Maximum Rotation Sig_MAX_ROT F1h 8Ch 00 11-15

IDC HiBlur Filter DocCap_HIBLUR F1h 93h Enable 11-16

 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 5

IDC Operating Mode

Parameter Name: DocCap_MODE
Parameter # F1h 52h
Select the operating mode of the Intelligent Document Capture firmware:

• Off - Disables the IDC feature.

• Anchored - Requires a bar code decode. The image capture region is based off this bar code.
• Free-Form - A printed border or page edge defines the image capture region. A bar code is optional.
• Linked - A printed border or page edge defines the image capture region. A bar code is required.

*Off
(00h)

Anchored
(01h)

Free-Form
(02h)

Linked
(03h)
11 - 6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC Symbology
Parameter Name: DocCap_SYMBOLOGY
Parameter # F1h 8Fh
Select the bar code type(s) to use when Document Capture mode is not set to Off. To enable more than one
symbology at a time, simply add the values together. For example, to enable PDF417, Data Matrix, and Code
39 write a value of 98 (32 + 64 + 2).

Scan the bar code below, followed by three bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
000 to 255 decimal. The default is 001.

Table 11-2 IDC Symbologies

Symbology Value (Decimal)

Code 128 1

Code 39 2

I 2 of 5 4

D 2 of 5 8

Codabar 16

PD 417 32

Data Matrix 64

EAN 128 128

IDC Symbology
 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 7

IDC X Coordinate
Parameter Name: DocCap_X
Parameter # F4h F1h 54h
Specify the horizontal offset to the top left corner of the region to capture relative to the center of the bar code.
Negative values move toward the left. This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to
Anchored.

Scan the bar code below, followed by four bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
+/- 1279. The default is -151. Note that you must use an application to set a negative value.

IDC X Coordinate

IDC Y Coordinate
Parameter Name: DocCap_Y
Parameter # F4h F1h 55h
Specify the vertical offset to the top left corner of the region to capture relative to the center of the bar code.
Negative values move toward the top. This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to
Anchored.

Scan the bar code below, followed by four bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
+/- 1023. The default is -050. Note that you must use an application to set a negative value.

IDC Y Coordinate
11 - 8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC Width
Parameter Name: DocCap_WIDTH
Parameter # F1h 56h
Specify the width of the region to capture. This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to
Anchored.

Scan the bar code below, followed by four bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
0000 to 1279. The default is 0300.

IDC Width

IDC Height
Parameter Name: DocCap_HEIGHT
Parameter # F1h 57h
Specify the height of the region to capture. This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to
Anchored.

Scan the bar code below, followed by four bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
0000 to 1023. The default is 0050.

IDC Height
 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 9

IDC File Format Selector

Parameter Name: DocCap_FMT
Parameter # F1h 59h
Select a document capture file format appropriate for your system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The scanner stores
captured areas in the selected format.

*JPEG
(01h)

BMP
(03h)

TIFF
(04h)
11 - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC Bits Per Pixel

Parameter Name: DocCap_BPP
Parameter # F1h 5Ah
Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select 1 BPP for a black
and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 grey levels to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256 levels of grey
to each pixel.

NOTE The scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

1 BPP
(00h)

4 BPP
(01h)

*8 BPP
(02h)

IDC JPEG Quality

Parameter Name: DocCap_JPEG_Qual
Parameter # F1h 5Bh
Set the amount of JPEG compression to perform on the captured image. Higher numbers produce a better
quality image but larger files.

Scan the bar code below, followed by three bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
005 to 100 decimal. The default is 065.

IDC JPEG Quality

 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 11

IDC Find Box Outline

Parameter Name: Sig_FINDBOX
Parameter # F1h D7h
Select Enable Find Box Outline to instruct the firmware to search for a rectangular border during document
capture. This parameter only applies when IDC Operating Mode is set to Anchored.

*Disable Find Box Outline

(00h)

Enable Find Box Outline

(01h)

IDC Minimum Text Length

Parameter Name: DocCap_MIN_TEXT
Parameter # F1h 90h
Specify the minimum number of characters encoded in a bar code for the IDC firmware to use it as an
anchored or linked bar code. Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking and use all bar codes.

Scan the bar code below, followed by two bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 00
to 55 decimal. The default is 00.

IDC Minimum Text Length

11 - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC Maximum Text Length

Parameter Name: DocCap_MAX_TEXT
Parameter # F1h 91h
Specify the maximum number of characters encoded in a bar code for the IDC firmware to use it as an
anchored or linked bar code. Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking and use all bar codes.

Scan the bar code below, followed by two bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 00
to 55 decimal. The default is 00.

IDC Maximum Text Length

IDC Captured Image Brighten

Parameter Name: Sig_BRIGHTEN
Parameter # F1h 8Eh
Enable Captured Image Brighten to make image brightness uniform and enhance contrast such that a large
percent of the background pixels is made completely white (a smaller percentage of pixels is made completely
black if the program determines there is no danger of enhancing the contrast of a very bland area).

NOTE This parameter is also used for Signature Capture.

Disable Captured Image Brighten

(00h)

*Enable Captured Image Brighten

(01h)
 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 13

IDC Captured Image Sharpen

Parameter Name: Sig_SHARPEN
Parameter # F1h 92h
Enable this to enhance the sharpness of the image.

NOTE This parameter is also used for Signature Capture.

Disable Captured Image Sharpen

(00h)

*Enable Captured Image Sharpen

(01h)

IDC De-Skew
Parameter Name: Sig_DESKEW
Parameter # F1h 8Dh
Enable this to de-skew the captured image. Disable this to crop the image to a rectangular area.

Disable Document Capture De-skew

(00h)

*Enable Document Capture De-skew

(01h)
11 - 14 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC Border Type

Parameter Name: DocCap_BORDER
Parameter # F2h 3Dh
Select the style of border used to determine the outline of the capture region in Free-Form and Linked modes:

• Select None to capture the largest rectangular region within the field-of-view.
• Select Black to indicate that the border must be black (such as a printed rectangular border).
• Select White to indicate that the border must be white (e.g., paper edge on a dark background).
This parameter is only used in Free-Form and Linked modes.

*None
(00h)

Black
(01h)

White
(02h)

IDC Delay Time

Parameter Name: DocCap_DELAY
Parameter # F2h 3Eh
Set the delay for capturing a document after a trigger pull. Decoding a bar code aborts this delay. This
parameter only applies in Free-Form mode.

Scan the bar code below, followed by three bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
000 to 200 decimal in units of 10 msec. The default is 000.

IDC Delay Time

 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 15

IDC Zoom Limit

Parameter Name: Sig_MIN_PERCENT
Parameter # F1h 8Bh
Set the minimal "zoom" percentage value of a form for it to be considered for capture. This controls the quality
of the captured form. The IDC firmware rejects capturing a form unless the width is at least the IDC Zoom Limit
percentage of the IDC Width parameter. For example, if you set this parameter to 100 and IDC Width to 150,
the form must be at least 300 pixels wide before it is captured (each unit module is scaled to two pixels).

Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking. This parameter only applies in Anchored mode.

Scan the bar code below, followed by three bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of
000 to 100 percent. The default is 000.

IDC Zoom Limit

IDC Maximum Rotation

Parameter Name: Sig_MAX_ROT
Parameter # F1h 8Ch
Set the maximum rotation any edge of the form can have in relation to the scanner's horizontal or vertical axis
for it to be considered for capture. Set this to zero (the default) to disable all checking. This parameter only
applies in Anchored mode.

Scan the bar code below, followed by two bar codes from Appendix D, Numeric Bar Codes in the range of 00
to 45 decimal. The default is 00.

IDC Maximum Rotation

11 - 16 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC HiBlur Filter

Parameter Name: DocCap_HIBLUR
Parameter # F1h 93h
Select whether blurred 1D bar codes are used as an anchor or link.

Disable Blurred 1D Anchors

(00h)

*Enable Blurred 1D Anchors

(01h)
 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 17

Quick Start
This section familiarizes you with some of the Intelligent Document Capture features. IDC Demonstrations on
page 11-18 includes instructions to demonstrate the Anchored, Free-Form, and Linked modes using a sample
form to help provide an understanding of how to use IDC. These examples do not illustrate all capabilities of
the advanced IDC firmware. Build upon these using different parameter settings and forms.

Sample IDC Setup

To set up IDC with the scanner:

1. Connect a scanner equipped with the Intelligent Document Capture feature to the host computer's USB
port.

2. To set the scanner to the default settings and proper USB host type, scan Set Defaults followed by the
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface bar code. Allow time for the scanner to reset and the
USB connection to remunerate after each scan before continuing.

Set Defaults

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface

3. Start the Scanner SDK C# Sample Application and click the Discover Scanners button. Select the
scanner from the Connected Scanners list, and then click on the IDC tab to display the IDC items.

NOTE For a more comprehensive IDC sample application, contact your Zebra representative.

4. Set the parameters as specified in IDC Demonstrations on page 11-18 using the sample application or by
scanning parameter bar codes in this guide. The bar code in the sample form is Code 128, which is
enabled by default for decoding and as a Document Capture symbology. You can change these settings
for your IDC application.

5. Perform the list of suggestions in each demo. When scanning, aim the scanner at the bar code in the
center of the rectangle. Pull the scanner back so the rectangle is fully contained in the aiming pattern.
When you pull the trigger, the scanner emits a low tone to indicate that the IDC firmware identified and
captured an image, then a decode beep to indicate that the data is processed and transmitted. There may
be several seconds between the two beeps, depending on the size of the captured image and options
selected (de-skew, brighten, etc). You can move the scanner after the first beep, but continue the hold the
trigger or the scanner may end the session before sending the data.
11 - 18 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

IDC Demonstrations

Anchored Mode Demo

Set parameters to these values:

Table 11-3 Anchored Mode Sample Parameter Values

Parameter Value

IDC Operating Mode Anchored

IDC Height 100

IDC Width 90

IDC X Coordinate -175

IDC Y Coordinate -50

• Pull the trigger. The scanner decodes the bar code and captures an image of the text scroll.
• Rotate the form clockwise so the word Capture is along the bottom edge, and pull the trigger. The
scanner decodes the bar code and captures the same image, including orientation. (This example also
works with the form rotated counter-clockwise or upside down).
• Modify the values for height, width, x, and y. Pull the trigger. The captured area changes in size and
location.
• Cover the bar code with a small piece of paper (or your finger) and pull the trigger. The scanner does not
decode the bar code or capture an image.

What this demonstrates:

The Intelligent Document Capture Anchored mode captures an image of fixed size and location relative to
a bar code on the page. Parameters control the height, width, and location. The IDC firmware requires that
a bar code is present in order to capture an image, decodes it, and uses it to adjust the image to the
upright orientation.

Free-Form Mode Demo

Set IDC Operating Mode to Free-Form.

• Pull the trigger. The scanner decodes the bar code and captures an image of the entire rectangle,
including the contents.
• Modify the values for height, width, x, and y. Pull the trigger. Note that the captured image is not affected.
• Rotate the form clockwise so the word Capture is along the bottom edge, and pull the trigger. The
scanner decodes the bar code and captures the same image, including orientation. (This example also
works with the form rotated counter-clockwise or upside down).
• Cover the bar code with a small piece of paper and pull the trigger. The scanner does not decode the bar
code and does not re-orient the captured image to the normal position, i.e., with the Zebra logo in
upper-left corner.

What this demonstrates:

The Intelligent Document Capture Free-Form mode captures an image whose size and position are
determined by a rectangular border on the page. It adjusts the image to the upright orientation if a bar code
is found and decoded in the image.
 Intelligent Document Capture 11 - 19

Linked Mode Demo

Set IDC Operating Mode to Linked.

The examples from Free-Form mode also work in Linked mode except that the last one (with the bar code
covered) does not decode the bar code or capture an image.

What this demonstrates:

The Intelligent Document Capture Linked mode captures an image whose size and position are
determined by a rectangular border on the page. The IDC firmware requires that a bar code is present in
order to capture an image, decodes it, and uses it to adjust the image to the upright orientation

Other Suggestions
Hold the scanner at an angle (up/down or side to side) to the page instead of perpendicular to it. The IDC
firmware de-skews and adjusts the brightness (enabled by default) to produce a quality image when the
scanner is held at less than ideal conditions.

Quick Start Form

Figure 11-1 Quick Start Form

11 - 20 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
CHAPTER 12 ADVANCED DATA
FORMATTING

Introduction
Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) is a means of customizing data before transmission to the host device. Use
ADF to edit scan data to suit requirements. Implement ADF by scanning a related series of bar codes which
program the digital imager scanner with ADF rules.

For information and programming bar codes for ADF, refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer
Guide, p/n 72E-69680-xx.
12 - 2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
Advanced Data Formatting 12 - 3
12 - 4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
Advanced Data Formatting 12 - 5
12 - 6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
APPENDIX A STANDARD DEFAULT
PARAMETERS

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

User Preferences

Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults 4-4

Parameter Scanning ECh Enable 4-5

Beeper Tone 91h Medium 4-5

Beeper Volume 8Ch High 4-5

Suppress Power-up Beeps F1h D1h Do not suppress 4-6

Power Mode 80h Continuous On 4-7

Time Delay to Low Power Mode 92h 1 Minute 4-8

Trigger Mode 8Ah Auto Aim 4-9

Picklist Mode F0h, 92h Disabled Always 4-10

Presentation Mode Time Delay F1h, E9h Disable (3 Seconds for 4-11
Scanner with Base)

Mobile Phone/Display Mode F1h CCh Disable 4-13

Mobile Phone Decode Aggressiveness F1h D6h F1h D6h 4-14

Decode Session Timeout 88h 9.9 Sec 4-15

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 89h 0.6 Sec 4-15

Beep After Good Decode 38h Enable 4-16

Decoding Illumination F0h, 2Ah Enable 4-16

1User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
A-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

DP Illumination F1h, 3Bh Auto 4-17

Decode Aiming Pattern F0h, 32h Enable 4-18

Fuzzy 1D Processing F1h, 02h Enable 4-18

Decode Mirror Images F1h, 19h Auto 4-19

PDF Prioritization F1h CFh Disable 4-20

PDF Prioritization Timeout F1h D0h 200 ms 4-20

Miscellaneous Scanner Options

Transmit Code ID Character 2Dh None 4-21

Prefix Value 63h, 69h 7013 <CR><LF> 4-22

Suffix 1 Value 62h, 68h 7013 <CR><LF> 4-22

Suffix 2 Value 64h, 6Ah

Scan Data Transmission Format EBh Data as is 4-23

FN1 Substitution Values 67h, 6Dh Set 4-24

Transmit “No Read” Message 5Eh Disable 4-25

Imaging Preferences

Operational Modes N/A N/A 5-4

Low Light Enhancement F1h 64h Disable 5-5

Presentation Mode Field of View F1h 61h Default (Reduced) 5-5

Image Capture Autoexposure F0h 68h Enable 5-6

Image Capture Illumination F0h 69h Enable 5-6

Illumination Bank Control F1h 3Bh Full 5-7

Fixed Exposure F4h, F1h, 100 5-8

37h

Fixed Gain F1h 38h 50 5-8

Gain Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode F1h 32h Autodetect 5-9

Snapshot Mode Timeout F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) 5-10

Snapshot Aiming Pattern F0h 2Ch Enable 5-10

Image Cropping F0h 2Dh Disable 5-11

Crop to Pixel Addresses F4h F0h 3Bh; 0 top, 0 left, 1023 bottom, 5-12
F4h F0h 3Ch; 1279 right
F4h F0h 3Dh;
F4h F0h 3Eh
1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
 Standard Default Parameters A-3

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Image Size (Number of Pixels) F0h 2Eh Full 5-13

Image Brightness (Target White) F0h 86h 180 5-14

JPEG Image Options F0h 2Bh Quality 5-14

JPEG Target File Size F1h 31h 160 kB 5-15

JPEG Quality and Size Value F0h 31h 65 5-15

Image Enhancement F1h 34h Off (0) 5-16

Image File Format Selection F0h 30h JPEG 5-17

Image Rotation F1h 99h 0 5-18

Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 2Fh 8 BPP 5-19

Signature Capture 5Dh Disable 5-20

Signature Capture Image File Format F0h 39h JPEG 5-21

Selection

Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) F0h 3Ah 8 BPP 5-22

Signature Capture Width F4h F0h 6Eh 400 5-23

Signature Capture Height F4h F0h 6Fh 100 5-23

Signature Capture JPEG Quality F0h A5h 65 5-23

Video Mode Format Selector F2h 94h JPEG 5-24

Video View Finder F0h 44h Disable 5-24

Target Video Frame Size F0h 48h 2200 bytes 5-25

Video View Finder Image Size F0h 49h 1700 bytes 5-25

SSI Host Preferences

Baud Rate 9Ch 9600 6-4

Parity 9Eh None 6-6

Check Parity 97h Enable 6-7

Software Handshaking 9Fh ACK/NAK 6-7

Host RTS Line State 9Ah Low 6-8

Decode Data Packet Format EEh Send Raw Decode Data 6-8

Stop Bits 9Dh 1 6-9

Host Serial Response Time-out 9Bh 2 sec 6-10

Host Character Time-out EFh 200 msec 6-11

1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
A-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Multipacket Option F0h 4Eh Option 1 6-12

Interpacket Delay F0h 4Fh 0 ms 6-13

SSI Event Reporting

Decode Event F0h 00h Disable 6-14

Boot Up Event F0h 02h Disable 6-15

Parameter Event F0h 03h Disable 6-15

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type USB Keyboard (HID) 7-5

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Enable 7-7

Handshaking

USB Country Keyboard Types (Country North American 7-8

Codes)

USB Keystroke Delay No Delay 7-10

USB CAPS Lock Override Disable 7-10

USB Ignore Unknown Characters Enable 7-11

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 7-11

Emulate Keypad Disable 7-12

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Disable 7-12

USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution Disable 7-13

Function Key Mapping Disable 7-13

Simulated Caps Lock Disable 7-14

Convert Case No Case Conversion 7-14

USB Static CDC Enable 7-15

USB Polling Interval 8 msec 7-16

Fast HID Keyboard Disable 7-18

Quick Keypad Emulation Disable 7-18

USB Ignore Beep Directive Honor 7-19

USB Ignore Type Directive Honor 7-19

Ignore Beep on <BEL> over CDC Disable 7-20

IBM Specification Level Version 0 (Original) 7-20

1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
 Standard Default Parameters A-5

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

RS-232 Host Parameters

RS-232 Host Types Standard1 8-8

Baud Rate 9600 8-10

Parity Type None 8-11

Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit 8-12

Data Bits 8-Bit 8-12

Check Receive Errors Enable 8-13

Hardware Handshaking None 8-13

Software Handshaking None 8-15

Host Serial Response Time-out 2 Sec 8-17

RTS Line State Low RTS 8-18

Beep on <BEL> Disable 8-18

Intercharacter Delay 0 msec 8-19

Nixdorf Beep/LED Options Normal Operation 8-20

Ignore Unknown Characters Send Bar Code 8-20

123Scan2 Configuration Tool

123Scan2 Configuration None1 9-1

Disable All Code Types 10-7

UPC/EAN

UPC-A 01h Enable 10-8

UPC-E 02h Enable 10-8

UPC-E1 0Ch Disable 10-9

EAN-8/JAN 8 04h Enable 10-9

EAN-13/JAN 13 03h Enable 10-10

Bookland EAN 53h Disable 10-10

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals 10h Ignore 10-11

(2 and 5 digits)

User-Programmable Supplementals 10-14

Supplemental 1: F1h 43h
Supplemental 2: F1h 44h

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 50h 10 10-15

1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
A-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format F1h A0h Combined 10-16

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 28h Enable 10-17

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 29h Enable 10-17

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 2Ah Enable 10-18

UPC-A Preamble 22h System Character 10-18

UPC-E Preamble 23h System Character 10-19

UPC-E1 Preamble 24h System Character 10-20

Convert UPC-E to A 25h Disable 10-21

Convert UPC-E1 to A 26h Disable 10-21

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 27h Disable 10-22

Bookland ISBN Format F1h 40h ISBN-10 10-23

UCC Coupon Extended Code 55h Disable 10-24

Coupon Report F1h DAh New Coupon Format 10-25

ISSN EAN F1h 69h Disable 10-26

Code 128

Code 128 08h Enable 10-27

Set Length(s) for Code 128 D1h D2h Any Length 10-27

GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 0Eh Enable 10-29

ISBT 128 54h Enable 10-29

ISBT Concatenation F1h 41h Disable 10-30

Check ISBT Table F1h 42h Enable 10-31

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy DFh 10 10-31

Code 39

Code 39 00h Enable 10-32

Trioptic Code 39 0Dh Disable 10-32

Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian 56h Disable 10-33

Pharmacy Code)

Code 32 Prefix E7h Disable 10-33

Set Length(s) for Code 39 12h 13h 2 to 55 10-34

Code 39 Check Digit Verification 30h Disable 10-35

1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
 Standard Default Parameters A-7

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 2Bh Disable 10-36

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 11h Disable 10-36

Buffer Code 39 71h Disable 10-37

Code 93

Code 93 09h Disable 10-40

Set Length(s) for Code 93 1Ah 1Bh 4 to 55 10-40

Code 11

Code 11 0Ah Disable 10-42

Set Lengths for Code 11 1Ch 1Dh 4 to 55 10-42

Code 11 Check Digit Verification 34h Disable 10-44

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 2Fh Disable 10-45

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 06h Enable 10-46

Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 16h 17h 14 10-46

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 31h Disable 10-48

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 2Ch Disable 10-48

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 52h Disable 10-49

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)

Discrete 2 of 5 05h Disable 10-50

Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 14h 15h 12 10-50

Codabar (NW - 7)

Codabar 07h Disable 10-52

Set Lengths for Codabar 18h 19h 5 to 55 10-52

CLSI Editing 36h Disable 10-54

NOTIS Editing 37h Disable 10-54

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop F2h 57h Upper Case 10-55
Characters Transmission
1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
A-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

MSI

MSI 0Bh Disable 10-56

Set Length(s) for MSI 1Eh 1Fh 4 to 55 10-56

MSI Check Digits 32h One 10-57

Transmit MSI Check Digit 2Eh Disable 10-58

MSI Check Digit Algorithm 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 10-58

Chinese 2 of 5

Chinese 2 of 5 F0h 98h Disable 10-59

Matrix 2 of 5

Matrix 2 of 5 F1h 6Ah Disable 10-59

Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths F1h 6Bh 1 Length - 14 10-60

F1h 6Ch

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Eh Disable 10-61

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit F1h 6Fh Disable 10-61

Korean 3 of 5

Korean 3 of 5 F1h 45h Disable 10-62

Inverse 1D Decoder F1h 4Ah SR, DC: Regular 10-63

DP, HD: Autodetect

Postal Codes

US Postnet 59h Enable 10-64

US Planet 5Ah Enable 10-64

Transmit US Postal Check Digit 5Fh Enable 10-65

UK Postal 5Bh Enable 10-65

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 60h Enable 10-66

Japan Postal F0h 22h Enable 10-66

Australian Postal F0h 23h Enable 10-67

Australia Post Format F1h CEh Autodiscriminate 10-68

Netherlands KIX Code F0h 46h Enable 10-69

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail F1h 50h Disable 10-69

UPU FICS Postal F1h 63h Disable 10-70

1User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
 Standard Default Parameters A-9

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

GS1 DataBar

GS1 DataBar-14 F0h 52h Enable 10-71

GS1 DataBar Limited F0h 53h Disable 10-71

GS1 DataBar Limited Security Level F1h D8h Level 3 10-72

GS1 DataBar Expanded F0h 54h Enable 10-73

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN F0h 8Dh Disable 10-73

Composite

Composite CC-C F0h 55h Disable 10-74

Composite CC-A/B F0h 56h Disable 10-74

Composite TLC-39 F0h 73h Disable 10-75

UPC Composite Mode F0h 58h Always Linked 10-76

Composite Beep Mode F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code Type is 10-77
Decoded

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN F0h ABh Disable 10-77

Composite Codes

2D Symbologies

PDF417 0Fh Enable 10-78

MicroPDF417 E3h Disable 10-78

Code 128 Emulation 7Bh Disable 10-79

Data Matrix F0h 24h Enable 10-80

Data Matrix Inverse F1h 4Ch SR, DC: Regular 10-81

DP, HD: Autodetect

Maxicode F0h 26h Enable 10-82

QR Code F0h 25h Enable 10-82

QR Inverse F1h 4Bh SR, DC: Regular 10-83

DP, HD: Autodetect

MicroQR F1h 3Dh Enable 10-84

Aztec F1h 3Eh Enable 10-84

Aztec Inverse F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect 10-85

1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
A - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table A-1 Standard Default Parameters Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter Default
Number Number

Symbology-Specific Security Levels

Redundancy Level 4Eh 1 10-86

Security Level 4Dh 1 10-88

Intercharacter Gap Size F0h 7Dh Normal 10-89

Report Version 10-89

Macro PDF

Flush Macro PDF Buffer 10-90

Abort Macro PDF Entry 10-90

Intelligent Document Capture (IDC)

IDC Operating Mode F1h 52h Off 11-5

IDC Symbology F1h 8Fh 001 11-6

IDC X Coordinate F4h F1h 54h -151 11-7

IDC Y Coordinate F4h F1h 55h -050 11-7

IDC Width F1h 56h 0300 11-8

IDC Height F1h 57h 0050 11-8

IDC File Format Selector F1h 59h JPEG 11-9

IDC Bits Per Pixel F1h 5Ah 8 BPP 11-10

IDC JPEG Quality F1h 5Bh 065 11-10

IDC Find Box Outline F1h D7h Disable 11-11

IDC Minimum Text Length F1h 90h 00 11-11

IDC Maximum Text Length F1h 91h 00 11-12

IDC Captured Image Brighten F1h 8Eh Enable 11-12

IDC Captured Image Sharpen F1h 92h Enable 11-13

IDC De-Skew F1h 8Dh Enable 11-13

IDC Border Type F2h 3Dh None 11-14

IDC Delay Time F2h 3Eh 000 11-14

IDC Zoom Limit F1h 8Bh 000 11-15

IDC Maximum Rotation F1h 8Ch 00 11-15

IDC HiBlur Filter F1h 93h Enable 11-16

1
User selection is required to configure this interface and this is the most common selection.
APPENDIX B PROGRAMMING REFERENCE

Symbol Code Identifiers

Table B-1 Symbol Code Characters

Code Character Code Type

A UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13

B Code 39, Code 32

C Codabar

D Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated

E Code 93

F Interleaved 2 of 5

G Discrete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA

H Code 11

J MSI

K GS1-128

L Bookland EAN

M Trioptic Code 39

N Coupon Code

R GS1 DataBar Family

S Matrix 2 of 5

T UCC Composite, TLC 39

U Chinese 2 of 5
B-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table B-1 Symbol Code Characters (Continued)

Code Character Code Type

V Korean 3 of 5

X ISSN EAN, PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417

z Aztec, Aztec Rune

P00 Data Matrix

P01 QR Code, MicroQR

P02 Maxicode

P03 US Postnet

P04 US Planet

P05 Japan Postal

P06 UK Postal

P08 Netherlands KIX Code

P09 Australia Post

P0A USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

P0B UPU FICS Postal

P0X Signature Capture

 Programming Reference B-3

AIM Code Identifiers

Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three-character string ]cm where:

] = Flag Character (ASCII 93)

c = Code Character (see Table B-2)
m = Modifier Character (see Table B-3)

Table B-2 Aim Code Characters

Code Character Code Type

A Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32

C Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated, GS1-128,

Coupon (Code 128 portion)

d Data Matrix

E UPC/EAN, Coupon (UPC portion)

e GS1 DataBar Family

F Codabar

G Code 93

H Code 11

I Interleaved 2 of 5

L PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417

L2 TLC 39

M MSI

Q QR Code, MicroQR

S Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5

U Maxicode

z Aztec, Aztec Rune

X Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Trioptic Code 39, Chinese 2 of 5, Matrix 2 of 5,

Korean 3 of 5, US Postnet, US Planet, UK Postal, Japan Postal, Australia
Post, Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail,
UPU FICS Postal, Signature Capture
B-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table B-3.

Table B-3 Modifier Characters

Code Type Option Value Option

Code 39 0 No check character or Full ASCII processing.

1 Reader has checked one check character.

3 Reader has checked and stripped check character.

4 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion.

5 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked

one check character.

7 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked

and stripped check character.

Example: A Full ASCII bar code with check character W, A+I+MI+DW, is transmitted as
]A7AIMID where 7 = (3+4).

Trioptic Code 39 0 No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A Trioptic bar code 412356 is transmitted as ]X0412356

Code 128 0 Standard data packet, no Function code 1 in first symbol position.

1 Function code 1 in first symbol character position.

2 Function code 1 in second symbol character position.

Example: A Code (EAN) 128 bar code with Function 1 character FNC1 in the first
position, AIMID is transmitted as ]C1AIMID

I 2 of 5 0 No check digit processing.

1 Reader has validated check digit.

3 Reader has validated and stripped check digit.

Example: An I 2 of 5 bar code without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]I04123

Codabar 0 No check digit processing.

1 Reader has checked check digit.

3 Reader has stripped check digit before transmission.

Example: A Codabar bar code without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]F04123

Code 93 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A Code 93 bar code 012345678905 is transmitted as ]G0012345678905

MSI 0 Check digits are sent.

1 No check digit is sent.

Example: An MSI bar code 4123, with a single check digit checked, is transmitted as
]M14123
 Programming Reference B-5

Table B-3 Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type Option Value Option

D 2 of 5 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A D 2 of 5 bar code 4123, is transmitted as ]S04123

UPC/EAN 0 Standard packet in full EAN country code format, which is 13 digits for
UPC-A, UPC-E, and EAN-13 (not including supplemental data).

1 Two-digit supplement data only.

2 Five-digit supplement data only.

3 Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from a UPC-A, UPC-E, or

EAN-13 symbol and 2 or 5 digits from a supplemental symbol.

4 EAN-8 data packet.

Example: A UPC-A bar code 012345678905 is transmitted as ]E00012345678905

Bookland EAN 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: A Bookland EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X

ISSN EAN 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

Example: An ISSN EAN bar code 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X

Code 11 0 Single check digit

1 Two check digits

3 Check characters validated but not transmitted.

GS1 DataBar No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. DataBar-14 and
Family DataBar Limited transmit with an Application Identifier “01”.
Note: In GS1-128 emulation mode, GS1 DataBar is transmitted using
Code 128 rules (i.e., ]C1).

Example: A DataBar-14 bar code 0110012345678902 is transmitted as

]e00110012345678902.

EAN.UCC Native mode transmission.

Composites Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.
(GS1 DataBar,
GS1-128, 2D 0 Standard data packet.
portion of UPC
composite) 1 Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol
separator character.

2 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism

character. The data packet does not support the ECI protocol.

3 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism

character. The data packet supports the ECI protocol.

GS1-128 emulation
Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.

1 Data packet is a GS1-128 symbol (i.e., data is preceded with ]C1).

B-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table B-3 Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type Option Value Option

PDF417, 0 Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology

Micro PDF417 specifications. Note: When this option is transmitted, the receiver
cannot reliably determine whether ECIs have been invoked or
whether data byte 92DEC has been doubled in transmission.

1 Reader set to follow the ECI protocol (Extended Channel

Interpretation). All data characters 92DEC are doubled.

2 Reader set for Basic Channel operation (no escape character

transmission protocol). Data characters 92DEC are not doubled. Note:
When decoders are set to this mode, unbuffered Macro symbols and
symbols requiring the decoder to convey ECI escape sequences
cannot be transmitted.

3 The bar code contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is
903-907, 912, 914, 915.

4 The bar code contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in
the range 908-909.

5 The bar code contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in
the range 910-911.

Example: A PDF417 bar code ABCD, with no transmission protocol enabled, is

transmitted as ]L2ABCD.

Data Matrix 0 ECC 000-140, not supported.

1 ECC 200.

2 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.

3 ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position.

4 ECC 200, ECI protocol implemented.

5 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position, ECI protocol implemented.

6 ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position, ECI protocol

implemented.

MaxiCode 0 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5.

1 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3.

2 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5, ECI protocol implemented.

3 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3, ECI protocol implemented in secondary

message.
 Programming Reference B-7

Table B-3 Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type Option Value Option

QR Code 0 Model 1 symbol.

1 Model 2 / MicroQR symbol, ECI protocol not implemented.

2 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented.

3 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first

position.

4 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in first

position.

5 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in

second position.

6 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in second

position.

Aztec 0 Aztec symbol.

C Aztec Rune symbol.

B-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide
APPENDIX C SAMPLE BAR CODES

Code 39

123ABC

UPC/EAN
UPC-A, 100%

0 12345 67890 5
C-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

EAN-13, 100%

3 4 5 67 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 0

Code 128

1234567890

Interleaved 2 of 5

12345678901231
 Sample Bar Codes C-3

GS1 DataBar-14
NOTE GS1 DataBar-14 must be enabled to read the bar code below (see GS1 DataBar-14 on page 10-71).

7612341562341

PDF417

Data Matrix

Maxicode
C-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

QR Code

US Postnet

UK Postal
APPENDIX D NUMERIC BAR CODES

Numeric Bar Codes

For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered bar code(s).

4
D-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Numeric Bar Codes (continued)

Cancel
To correct an error or change a selection, scan the bar code below.

Cancel
APPENDIX E ASCII CHARACTER SETS

Table E-1 ASCII Value Table

Full ASCII Code 39
ASCII Value Keystroke
Encode Char

1000 %U CTRL 2

1001 $A CTRL A

1002 $B CTRL B

1003 $C CTRL C

1004 $D CTRL D

1005 $E CTRL E

1006 $F CTRL F

1007 $G CTRL G

1008 $H CTRL H/BACKSPACE1

1009 $I CTRL I/HORIZONTAL TAB1

1010 $J CTRL J

1011 $K CTRL K

1012 $L CTRL L

1013 $M CTRL M/ENTER1

1014 $N CTRL N

1015 $O CTRL O

The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the
unbold keystroke transmits.
E-2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued)

Full ASCII Code 39
ASCII Value Keystroke
Encode Char

1016 $P CTRL P

1017 $Q CTRL Q

1018 $R CTRL R

1019 $S CTRL S

1020 $T CTRL T

1021 $U CTRL U

1022 $V CTRL V

1023 $W CTRL W

1024 $X CTRL X

1025 $Y CTRL Y

1026 $Z CTRL Z

1027 %A CTRL [

1028 %B CTRL \

1029 %C CTRL ]

1030 %D CTRL 6

1031 %E CTRL -

1032 Space Space

1033 /A !

1034 /B “

1035 /C #

1036 /D $

1037 /E %

1038 /F &

1039 /G ‘

1040 /H (

1041 /I )

1042 /J *

1043 /K +

1044 /L ,

The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the
unbold keystroke transmits.
 ASCII Character Sets E-3

Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued)

Full ASCII Code 39
ASCII Value Keystroke
Encode Char

1045 - -

1046 . .

1047 /o /

1048 0 0

1049 1 1

1050 2 2

1051 3 3

1052 4 4

1053 5 5

1054 6 6

1055 7 7

1056 8 8

1057 9 9

1058 /Z :

1059 %F ;

1060 %G <

1061 %H =

1062 %I >

1063 %J ?

1064 %V @

1065 A A

1066 B B

1067 C C

1068 D D

1069 E E

1070 F F

1071 G G

1072 H H

1073 I I

The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the
unbold keystroke transmits.
E-4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued)

Full ASCII Code 39
ASCII Value Keystroke
Encode Char

1074 J J

1075 K K

1076 L L

1077 M M

1078 N N

1079 O O

1080 P P

1081 Q Q

1082 R R

1083 S S

1084 T T

1085 U U

1086 V V

1087 W W

1088 X X

1089 Y Y

1090 Z Z

1091 %K [

1092 %L \

1093 %M ]

1094 %N ^

1095 %O _

1096 %W ‘

1097 +A a

1098 +B b

1099 +C c

1100 +D d

1101 +E e

1102 +F f

The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the
unbold keystroke transmits.
 ASCII Character Sets E-5

Table E-1 ASCII Value Table (Continued)

Full ASCII Code 39
ASCII Value Keystroke
Encode Char

1103 +G g

1104 +H h

1105 +I i

1106 +J j

1107 +K k

1108 +L l

1109 +M m

1110 +N n

1111 +O o

1112 +P p

1113 +Q q

1114 +R r

1115 +S s

1116 +T t

1117 +U u

1118 +V v

1119 +W w

1120 +X x

1121 +Y y

1122 +Z z

1123 %P {

1124 %Q I

1125 %R }

1126 %S ~

The keystroke in bold transmits only if Function Key Mapping is enabled. Otherwise, the
unbold keystroke transmits.
E-6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table E-2 ALT Key Standard Default Tables

ALT Keys Keystroke

2064 ALT 2

2065 ALT A

2066 ALT B

2067 ALT C

2068 ALT D

2069 ALT E

2070 ALT F

2071 ALT G

2072 ALT H

2073 ALT I

2074 ALT J

2075 ALT K

2076 ALT L

2077 ALT M

2078 ALT N

2079 ALT O

2080 ALT P

2081 ALT Q

2082 ALT R

2083 ALT S

2084 ALT T

2085 ALT U

2086 ALT V

2087 ALT W

2088 ALT X

2089 ALT Y

2090 ALT Z
 ASCII Character Sets E-7

Table E-3 USB GUI Key Character Set

GUI Key Keystroke

3000 Right Control Key

3048 GUI 0

3049 GUI 1

3050 GUI 2

3051 GUI 3

3052 GUI 4

3053 GUI 5

3054 GUI 6

3055 GUI 7

3056 GUI 8

3057 GUI 9

3065 GUI A

3066 GUI B

3067 GUI C

3068 GUI D

3069 GUI E

3070 GUI F

3071 GUI G

3072 GUI H

3073 GUI I

3074 GUI J

3075 GUI K

3076 GUI L

3077 GUI M

3078 GUI N

3079 GUI O

3080 GUI P

3081 GUI Q

Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple
key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems
have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of
the right ALT key.
E-8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table E-3 USB GUI Key Character Set (Continued)

GUI Key Keystroke

3082 GUI R

3083 GUI S

3084 GUI T

3085 GUI U

3086 GUI V

3087 GUI W

3088 GUI X

3089 GUI Y

3090 GUI Z

Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple™ iMac keyboard has an apple
key on either side of the space bar. Windows-based systems
have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to the right of
the right ALT key.
 ASCII Character Sets E-9

Table E-4 PF Key Standard Default Table

PF Keys Keystroke

4001 PF 1

4002 PF 2

4003 PF 3

4004 PF 4

4005 PF 5

4006 PF 6

4007 PF 7

4008 PF 8

4009 PF 9

4010 PF 10

4011 PF 11

4012 PF 12

4013 PF 13

4014 PF 14

4015 PF 15

4016 PF 16
E - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table E-5 F key Standard Default Table

F Keys Keystroke

5001 F1

5002 F2

5003 F3

5004 F4

5005 F5

5006 F6

5007 F7

5008 F8

5009 F9

5010 F 10

5011 F 11

5012 F 12

5013 F 13

5014 F 14

5015 F 15

5016 F 16

5017 F 17

5018 F 18

5019 F 19

5020 F 20

5021 F 21

5022 F 22

5023 F 23

5024 F 24
 ASCII Character Sets E - 11

Table E-6 Numeric Key Standard Default Table

Numeric Keypad Keystroke

6042 *

6043 +

6044 Undefined

6045 -

6046 .

6047 /

6048 0

6049 1

6050 2

6051 3

6052 4

6053 5

6054 6

6055 7

6056 8

6057 9

6058 Enter

6059 Num Lock

E - 12 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Table E-7 Extended Keypad Standard Default Table

Extended Keypad Keystroke

7001 Break

7002 Delete

7003 Pg Up

7004 End

7005 Pg Dn

7006 Pause

7007 Scroll Lock

7008 Backspace

7009 Tab

7010 Print Screen

7011 Insert

7012 Home

7013 Enter

7014 Escape

7015 Up Arrow

7016 Dn Arrow

7017 Left Arrow

7018 Right Arrow

GLOSSARY

A
Aperture. The opening in an optical system defined by a lens or baffle that establishes the field of view.

API. An interface by means of which one software component communicates with or controls another. Usually used to refer
to services provided by one software component to another, usually via software interrupts or function calls

Application Programming Interface. See API.

ASCII. American Standard Code for Information Interchange. A 7 bit-plus-parity code representing 128 letters, numerals,
punctuation marks and control characters. It is a standard data transmission code in the U.S.

Autodiscrimination. The ability of an interface controller to determine the code type of a scanned bar code. After this
determination is made, the information content is decoded.

B
Bar. The dark element in a printed bar code symbol.

Bar Code. A pattern of variable-width bars and spaces which represents numeric or alphanumeric data in machine-readable
form. The general format of a bar code symbol consists of a leading margin, start character, data or message character,
check character (if any), stop character, and trailing margin. Within this framework, each recognizable symbology uses
its own unique format. See Symbology.

Bar Code Density. The number of characters represented per unit of measurement (e.g., characters per inch).

Bar Height. The dimension of a bar measured perpendicular to the bar width.

Bar Width. Thickness of a bar measured from the edge closest to the symbol start character to the trailing edge of the same
bar.

BIOS. Basic Input Output System. A collection of ROM-based code with a standard API used to interface with standard PC
hardware.
Glossary - 2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

Bit. Binary digit. One bit is the basic unit of binary information. Generally, eight consecutive bits compose one byte of
data. The pattern of 0 and 1 values within the byte determines its meaning.

Bits per Second (bps). Bits transmitted or received.

Boot or Boot-up. The process a computer goes through when it starts. During boot-up, the computer can run
self-diagnostic tests and configure hardware and software.

BOOTP. A protocol for remote booting of diskless devices. Assigns an IP address to a machine and may specify a boot
file. The client sends a bootp request as a broadcast to the bootp server port (67) and the bootp server responds
using the bootp client port (68). The bootp server must have a table of all devices, associated MAC addresses and
IP addresses.

bps. See Bits Per Second.

Byte. On an addressable boundary, eight adjacent binary digits (0 and 1) combined in a pattern to represent a specific
character or numeric value. Bits are numbered from the right, 0 through 7, with bit 0 the low-order bit. One byte in
memory is used to store one ASCII character.

C
CDRH. Center for Devices and Radiological Health. A federal agency responsible for regulating laser product safety.
This agency specifies various laser operation classes based on power output during operation.

CDRH Class 1. This is the lowest power CDRH laser classification. This class is considered intrinsically safe, even if all
laser output were directed into the eye's pupil. There are no special operating procedures for this class.

CDRH Class 2. No additional software mechanisms are needed to conform to this limit. Laser operation in this class
poses no danger for unintentional direct human exposure.

Character. A pattern of bars and spaces which either directly represents data or indicates a control function, such as a
number, letter, punctuation mark, or communications control contained in a message.

Character Set. Those characters available for encoding in a particular bar code symbology.

Check Digit. A digit used to verify a correct symbol decode. The scanner inserts the decoded data into an arithmetic
formula and checks that the resulting number matches the encoded check digit. Check digits are required for UPC
but are optional for other symbologies. Using check digits decreases the chance of substitution errors when a
symbol is decoded.

Codabar. A discrete self-checking code with a character set consisting of digits 0 to 9 and six additional characters: ( -
$ : / , +).

Code 128. A high density symbology which allows the controller to encode all 128 ASCII characters without adding extra
symbol elements.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39). A versatile and widely used alphanumeric bar code symbology with a set of 43 character types,
including all uppercase letters, numerals from 0 to 9 and 7 special characters (- . / + % $ and space). The code name
is derived from the fact that 3 of 9 elements representing a character are wide, while the remaining 6 are narrow.

Code 93. An industrial symbology compatible with Code 39 but offering a full character ASCII set and a higher coding
density than Code 39.
 Glossary - 3

Code Length. Number of data characters in a bar code between the start and stop characters, not including those
characters.

Cold Boot. A cold boot restarts the mobile computer and erases all user stored records and entries.

COM Port. Communication port; ports are identified by number, e.g., COM1, COM2.

Continuous Code. A bar code or symbol in which all spaces within the symbol are parts of characters. There are no
intercharacter gaps in a continuous code. The absence of gaps allows for greater information density.

Cradle. A cradle is used for charging the terminal battery and for communicating with a host computer, and provides a
storage place for the terminal when not in use.

D
Dead Zone. An area within a scanner's field of view, in which specular reflection may prevent a successful decode.

Decode. To recognize a bar code symbology (e.g., UPC/EAN) and then analyze the content of the specific bar code
scanned.

Decode Algorithm. A decoding scheme that converts pulse widths into data representation of the letters or numbers
encoded within a bar code symbol.

Decryption. Decryption is the decoding and unscrambling of received encrypted data. Also see, Encryption and Key.

Depth of Field. The range between minimum and maximum distances at which a scanner can read a symbol with a
certain minimum element width.

Discrete 2 of 5. A binary bar code symbology representing each character by a group of five bars, two of which are
wide. The location of wide bars in the group determines which character is encoded; spaces are insignificant. Only
numeric characters (0 to 9) and START/STOP characters may be encoded.

Discrete Code. A bar code or symbol in which the spaces between characters (intercharacter gaps) are not part of the
code.

DRAM. Dynamic random access memory.

E
EAN. European Article Number. This European/International version of the UPC provides its own coding format and
symbology standards. Element dimensions are specified metrically. EAN is used primarily in retail.

Element. Generic term for a bar or space.

Encoded Area. Total linear dimension occupied by all characters of a code pattern, including start/stop characters and
data.

ENQ (RS-232). ENQ software handshaking is also supported for the data sent to the host.

ESD. Electro-Static Discharge

Glossary - 4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

F
Flash Disk. An additional megabyte of non-volatile memory for storing application and configuration files.

Flash Memory. Flash memory is responsible for storing the system firmware and is non-volatile. If the system power is
interrupted the data is not be lost.

FTP. See File Transfer Protocol.

H
Hard Reset. See Cold Boot.

Host Computer. A computer that serves other terminals in a network, providing such services as computation,
database access, supervisory programs and network control.

Hz. Hertz; A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second.

I
IDE. Intelligent drive electronics. Refers to the solid-state hard drive type.

IEC. International Electrotechnical Commission. This international agency regulates laser safety by specifying various
laser operation classes based on power output during operation.

IEC (825) Class 1. This is the lowest power IEC laser classification. Conformity is ensured through a software restriction
of 120 seconds of laser operation within any 1000 second window and an automatic laser shutdown if the scanner's
oscillating mirror fails.

Input/Output Ports. I/O ports are primarily dedicated to passing information into or out of the device’s memory, such
as serial and USB ports.

Intercharacter Gap. The space between two adjacent bar code characters in a discrete code.

Interleaved 2 of 5. A binary bar code symbology representing character pairs in groups of five bars and five
interleaved spaces. Interleaving provides for greater information density. The location of wide elements
(bar/spaces) within each group determines which characters are encoded. This continuous code type uses no
intercharacter spaces. Only numeric (0 to 9) and START/STOP characters may be encoded.

Interleaved Bar Code. A bar code in which characters are paired together, using bars to represent the first character
and the intervening spaces to represent the second.

I/O Ports. interface The connection between two devices, defined by common physical characteristics, signal
characteristics, and signal meanings. Types of interfaces include RS-232 and PCMCIA.

IOCTL. Input/Output Control.

 Glossary - 5

IP. Internet Protocol. The IP part of the TCP/IP communications protocol. IP implements the network layer (layer 3) of
the protocol, which contains a network address and is used to route a message to a different network or subnetwork.
IP accepts “packets” from the layer 4 transport protocol (TCP or UDP), adds its own header to it and delivers a
“datagram” to the layer 2 data link protocol. It may also break the packet into fragments to support the maximum
transmission unit (MTU) of the network.

IP Address. (Internet Protocol address) The address of a computer attached to an IP network. Every client and server
station must have a unique IP address. A 32-bit address used by a computer on a IP network. Client workstations
have either a permanent address or one that is dynamically assigned to them each session. IP addresses are written
as four sets of numbers separated by periods; for example, 204.171.64.2.

IPX/SPX. Internet Package Exchange/Sequential Packet Exchange. A communications protocol for Novell. IPX is
Novell’s Layer 3 protocol, similar to XNS and IP, and used in NetWare networks. SPX is Novell's version of the Xerox
SPP protocol.

K
Key. A key is the specific code used by the algorithm to encrypt or decrypt the data. Also see, Encryption and
Decrypting.

L
LASER. Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation.The laser is an intense light source. Light from a laser
is all the same frequency, unlike the output of an incandescent bulb. Laser light is typically coherent and has a high
energy density.

Laser Diode. A gallium-arsenide semiconductor type of laser connected to a power source to generate a laser beam.
This laser type is a compact source of coherent light.

Laser Scanner. A type of bar code reader that uses a beam of laser light.

LCD. See Liquid Crystal Display.

LED Indicator. A semiconductor diode (LED - Light Emitting Diode) used as an indicator, often in digital displays. The
semiconductor uses applied voltage to produce light of a certain frequency determined by the semiconductor's
particular chemical composition.

Light Emitting Diode. See LED.

Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). A display that uses liquid crystal sealed between two glass plates. The crystals are
excited by precise electrical charges, causing them to reflect light outside according to their bias. They use little
electricity and react relatively quickly. They require external light to reflect their information to the user.
Glossary - 6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

M
MDN. Mobile Directory Number. The directory listing telephone number that is dialed (generally using POTS) to reach
a mobile unit. The MDN is usually associated with a MIN in a cellular telephone -- in the US and Canada, the MDN
and MIN are the same value for voice cellular users. International roaming considerations often result in the MDN
being different from the MIN.

MIL. 1 mil = 1 thousandth of an inch.

MIN. Mobile Identification Number. The unique account number associated with a cellular device. It is broadcast by the
cellular device when accessing the cellular system.

Misread (Misdecode). A condition which occurs when the data output of a reader or interface controller does not agree
with the data encoded within a bar code symbol.

N
Nominal. The exact (or ideal) intended value for a specified parameter. Tolerances are specified as positive and
negative deviations from this value.

Nominal Size. Standard size for a bar code symbol. Most UPC/EAN codes are used over a range of magnifications
(e.g., from 0.80 to 2.00 of nominal).

NVM. Non-Volatile Memory.

O
ODI. See Open Data-Link Interface.

Open Data-Link Interface (ODI). Novell’s driver specification for an interface between network hardware and
higher-level protocols. It supports multiple protocols on a single NIC (Network Interface Controller). It is capable of
understanding and translating any network information or request sent by any other ODI-compatible protocol into
something a NetWare client can understand and process.

Open System Authentication. Open System authentication is a null authentication algorithm.

P
PAN . Personal area network. Using Bluetooth wireless technology, PANs enable devices to communicate wirelessly.
Generally, a wireless PAN consists of a dynamic group of less than 255 devices that communicate within about a
33-foot range. Only devices within this limited area typically participate in the network.

Parameter. A variable that can have different values assigned to it.

 Glossary - 7

PC Card. A plug-in expansion card for laptop computers and other devices, also called a PCMCIA card. PC Cards are
85.6mm long x 54 mm wide, and have a 68 pin connector. There are several different kinds:
• Type I; 3.3 mm high; use - RAM or Flash RAM
• Type II; 5 mm high; use - modems, LAN adaptors
• Type III; 10.5 high; use - Hard Disks

PCMCIA. Personal Computer Memory Card Interface Association. See PC Card.

Percent Decode. The average probability that a single scan of a bar code would result in a successful decode. In a
well-designed bar code scanning system, that probability should approach near 100%.

PING. (Packet Internet Groper) An Internet utility used to determine whether a particular IP address is online. It is used
to test and debug a network by sending out a packet and waiting for a response.

Print Contrast Signal (PCS). Measurement of the contrast (brightness difference) between the bars and spaces of a
symbol. A minimum PCS value is needed for a bar code symbol to be scannable. PCS = (RL - RD) / RL, where RL
is the reflectance factor of the background and RD the reflectance factor of the dark bars.

Programming Mode. The state in which a scanner is configured for parameter values. See Scanning Mode.

Q
Quiet Zone. A clear space, containing no dark marks, which precedes the start character of a bar code symbol and
follows the stop character.

QWERTY. A standard keyboard commonly used on North American and some European PC keyboards. “QWERTY”
refers to the arrangement of keys on the left side of the third row of keys.

R
RAM. Random Access Memory. Data in RAM can be accessed in random order, and quickly written and read.

Reflectance. Amount of light returned from an illuminated surface.

Resolution. The narrowest element dimension which is distinguished by a particular reading device or printed with a
particular device or method.

RF. Radio Frequency.

ROM. Read-Only Memory. Data stored in ROM cannot be changed or removed.

Router. A device that connects networks and supports the required protocols for packet filtering. Routers are typically
used to extend the range of cabling and to organize the topology of a network into subnets. See Subnet.

RS-232. An Electronic Industries Association (EIA) standard that defines the connector, connector pins, and signals
used to transfer data serially from one device to another.
Glossary - 8 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

S
Scan Area. Area intended to contain a symbol.

Scanner. An electronic device used to scan bar code symbols and produce a digitized pattern that corresponds to the
bars and spaces of the symbol. Its three main components are: 1) Light source (laser or photoelectric cell) -
illuminates a bar code,; 2) Photodetector - registers the difference in reflected light (more light reflected from
spaces); 3) Signal conditioning circuit - transforms optical detector output into a digitized bar pattern.

Scanning Mode. The scanner is energized, programmed and ready to read a bar code.

Scanning Sequence. A method of programming or configuring parameters for a bar code reading system by scanning
bar code menus.

SDK. Software Development Kit

Self-Checking Code. A symbology that uses a checking algorithm to detect encoding errors within the characters of a
bar code symbol.

Shared Key. Shared Key authentication is an algorithm where both the AP and the MU share an authentication key.

SHIP. Symbol Host Interface Program.

SID. System Identification code. An identifier issued by the FCC for each market. It is also broadcast by the cellular
carriers to allow cellular devices to distinguish between the home and roaming service.

Soft Reset. See Warm Boot.

Space. The lighter element of a bar code formed by the background between bars.

Specular Reflection. The mirror-like direct reflection of light from a surface, which can cause difficulty decoding a bar
code.

Start/Stop Character. A pattern of bars and spaces that provides the scanner with start and stop reading instructions
and scanning direction. The start and stop characters are normally to the left and right margins of a horizontal code.

STEP. Symbol Terminal Enabler Program.

Subnet. A subset of nodes on a network that are serviced by the same router. See Router.

Subnet Mask. A 32-bit number used to separate the network and host sections of an IP address. A custom subnet mask
subdivides an IP network into smaller subsections. The mask is a binary pattern that is matched up with the IP
address to turn part of the host ID address field into a field for subnets. Default is often 255.255.255.0.

Substrate. A foundation material on which a substance or image is placed.

SVTP. Symbol Virtual Terminal Program.

Symbol. A scannable unit that encodes data within the conventions of a certain symbology, usually including start/stop
characters, quiet zones, data characters and check characters.

Symbol Aspect Ratio. The ratio of symbol height to symbol width.

Symbol Height. The distance between the outside edges of the quiet zones of the first row and the last row.
 Glossary - 9

Symbol Length. Length of symbol measured from the beginning of the quiet zone (margin) adjacent to the start
character to the end of the quiet zone (margin) adjacent to a stop character.

Symbology. The structural rules and conventions for representing data within a particular bar code type (e.g. UPC/EAN,
Code 39, PDF417, etc.).

T
TCP/IP. (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) A communications protocol used to internetwork dissimilar
systems. This standard is the protocol of the Internet and has become the global standard for communications. TCP
provides transport functions, which ensures that the total amount of bytes sent is received correctly at the other end.
UDP is an alternate transport that does not guarantee delivery. It is widely used for real-time voice and video
transmissions where erroneous packets are not retransmitted. IP provides the routing mechanism. TCP/IP is a
routable protocol, which means that all messages contain not only the address of the destination station, but the
address of a destination network. This allows TCP/IP messages to be sent to multiple networks within an
organization or around the world, hence its use in the worldwide Internet. Every client and server in a TCP/IP
network requires an IP address, which is either permanently assigned or dynamically assigned at startup.

Telnet. A terminal emulation protocol commonly used on the Internet and TCP/IP-based networks. It allows a user at a
terminal or computer to log onto a remote device and run a program.

Terminal Emulation. A “terminal emulation” emulates a character-based mainframe session on a remote

non-mainframe terminal, including all display features, commands and function keys. The VC5000 Series supports
Terminal Emulations in 3270, 5250 and VT220.

Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR). A program under DOS that ends its foreground execution to remain resident in
memory to service hardware/software interrupts, providing background operation. It remains in memory and may
provide services on behalf of other DOS programs.

TFTP. (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) A version of the TCP/IP FTP (File Transfer Protocol) protocol that has no directory
or password capability. It is the protocol used for upgrading firmware, downloading software and remote booting of
diskless devices.

Tolerance. Allowable deviation from the nominal bar or space width.

Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. See TCP/IP.

Trivial File Transfer Protocol. See TFTP.

TSR. See Terminate and Stay Resident.

U
UDP. User Datagram Protocol. A protocol within the IP protocol suite that is used in place of TCP when a reliable
delivery is not required. For example, UDP is used for real-time audio and video traffic where lost packets are simply
ignored, because there is no time to retransmit. If UDP is used and a reliable delivery is required, packet sequence
checking and error notification must be written into the applications.

UPC. Universal Product Code. A relatively complex numeric symbology. Each character consists of two bars and two
spaces, each of which is any of four widths. The standard symbology for retail food packages in the United States.
Glossary - 10 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

V
Visible Laser Diode (VLD). A solid state device which produces visible laser light.

W
Warm Boot. A warm boot restarts the mobile computer by closing all running programs. All data that is not saved to
flash memory is lost.
INDEX

Numerics B
123Scan2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 bar codes
2D bar codes abort macro PDF entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 Australia post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67
aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85 Australia post format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68
code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79 autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 beep after good decode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
MicroPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 beeper tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
MicroQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 beeper volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19, 5-22
QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
QR inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83 bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
buffering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
A Chinese 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
advanced data formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 codabar CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
aiming options codabar lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52, 10-53
decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 codabar NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 codabar start and stop characters . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
video view finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 code 11 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42, 10-43
aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5, 5-10 code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27, 10-29
enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5, 2-6 code 128 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
aiming tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
ASCII values transmit buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 code 39 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 code 39 full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 code 39 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
code 39 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
code 93 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40, 10-41
composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Index - 2 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 inverse 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . 10-73 Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 JPEG quality and size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
coupon report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
crop to address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Korean 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 low exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . . . 5-9
data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81 low gain priority for snapshot mode . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
data options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 low light enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
prefix/suffix values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 matrix 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
transmit code ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 matrix 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
decode mirror images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
decode session timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 MicroPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
digital imager scanner MicroQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 miscellaneous
disable all code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 scan data options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
discrete 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 transmit no read msg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 mobile phone/display mode . . . . . . . 4-13, 4-14, A-1
discrete 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
DP illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 MSI check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 MSI check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 MSI lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56, 10-57
EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 MSI transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
event reporting Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
boot up event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 numeric bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-2
decode event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 parameter scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
parameter event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 PDF prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 PDF prioritization timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78
flush macro buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 picklist modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
fuzzy 1D processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
GS1 databar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 prefix/suffix values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
GS1 databar expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73 presentation mode field of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
GS1 databar limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82
GS1 databar limited security level . . . . . . . . . 10-72 QR inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83
GS1 databar-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71 redundancy level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 report version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89
I 2 of 5 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 RS-232
I 2 of 5 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
I 2 of 5 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48 beep on bel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20, 8-18
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16, 5-6 check receive errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
illumination bank control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 data bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 hardware handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13, 8-14
image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 host serial response time-out . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
image file format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17, 5-21 host types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 intercharacter delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
image rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
intercharacter gap size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-89 RTS line state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46 software handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15, 8-16
convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49 stop bit select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-46, 10-47 samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-1
 Index - 3

security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88 fast HID keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

set defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 IBM specification level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 ignore beep directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
signature capture height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 ignore beep on BEL over CDC . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
signature capture JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 ignore type directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
signature capture width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 keystroke delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 polling interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16, 7-17
snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 quick emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
SSI SNAPI handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 static CDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
check parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 unknown characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
data packet format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . 10-69
default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 video frame size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
host character timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 video image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
host RTS line state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 video mode format selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
host serial response time-out . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 video view finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
interpacket delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 beeper
multipacket option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 suppress power-up beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 beeper definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
software handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 bullets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
stop bit select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
supplemental AIM ID format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
C
suppress power-up beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 cables
symbologies installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3, 1-4
default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30, 10-31 removing cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . 10-31 signal descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 character sets
transmit matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 Chinese 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
trigger modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 codabar bar codes
UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52, 10-53
UPC/EAN NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
coupon code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 start and stop characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
supp redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 code 11 bar codes
supplemental redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42, 10-43
UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 code 128 bar codes
UPC-A/E/E1 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17, 10-18 code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27, 10-29
UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30, 10-31
UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 code 128 emulation bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 code 39 bar codes
USB buffering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
caps lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
country keyboard types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Index - 4 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36 presentation mode field of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

code 93 bar codes
code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-40, 10-41
F
code identifiers fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
AIM code IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
modifier characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
Zebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
composite bar codes
G
composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 gain / exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . . . . 5-9
composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74 GS1 databar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-75 convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 GS1 databar expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
configurations, scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv GS1 databar limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
connecting GS1 databar limited security level . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
interface cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3, 1-4 GS1 databar-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 H
conventions host types
notational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11, 5-12

I
D
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16, 5-6
data matrix bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 bank control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
decode zones DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
direct part mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13, 2-14 image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
document capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-12 image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-12
high density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15, 2-16 image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
standard range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10 image options
default parameters bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-12
RS-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 file formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17, 5-21
SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
standard default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
symbologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 image rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2, 11-4 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
digital imager scanner JPEG size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
discrete 2 of 5 bar codes image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
discrete 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 imaging preferences parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50 intellistand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7, 2-9
interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes
E check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
exposure options transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 J
gain / exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . 5-9 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16, 5-6 size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
low light enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
 Index - 5

K US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . 10-69
Korean 3 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62 power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
presentation mode field of view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
L
LED definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Q
low light enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 QR code bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82

M R
macro PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 RS-232
macro PDF bar codes connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
abort macro PDF entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
flush buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5, 8-8
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
digital scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
matrix 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 S
check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 sample bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60 scanning
transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2, 5-2, 10-2
maxicode bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82 hand-held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4, 2-8
MicroPDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 presentation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7, 2-9
mounting sequence example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2, 5-2, 10-1
desk mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 switching modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
intellistand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xviii
wall mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 setup
MSI bar codes connecting a USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 connecting an RS-232 interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 connecting power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56, 10-57 connecting using SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 installing the cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
signal descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
N signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
notational conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii file format selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
P JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
PDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-78 snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
PDF prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
pinouts SSI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
scanner signal descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 SSI default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
postal codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 standard default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Australia post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-67 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .xviii
Australia post format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-68 symbology default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66
Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-66 T
transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-65 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Index - 6 DS6707 Digital Imager Scanner Product Reference Guide

U
unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
UPC/EAN bar codes
bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17, 10-18
convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
coupon report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
supplemental AIM ID format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
USB
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
user preferences parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2, 11-4

V
video formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
video view finder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
frame size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

W
wall mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Z
Zebra support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
 Tell Us What You Think...
We’d like to know what you think about this Manual. Please take a moment to fill out this questionnaire and fax this
form to: (631) 627-7184, or mail to:

Zebra Technologies Corporation

Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A
http://www.zebra.com
Attention: Data Capture Solutions
Technical Publications Manager

Important If you need product support, please call the appropriate customer support number for your area.
Unfortunately, we cannot provide customer support at the fax number above.

Manual Title:___________________________________________

(please include revision level)

How familiar were you with this product before using this manual?
Very familiar Slightly familiar Not at all familiar

Did this manual meet your needs? If not, please explain.

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

What topics need to be added to the index, if applicable?

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

What topics do you feel need to be better discussed? Please be specific.

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

What can we do to further improve our manuals?

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Thank you for your input—We value your comments.

Zebra Technologies Corporation
Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A
http://www.zebra.com

Zebra and the Zebra head graphic are registered trademarks of ZIH Corp. The Symbol logo is a registered
trademark of Symbol Technologies, Inc., a Zebra Technologies company.
©2015 Symbol Technologies Inc.

72E-83978-10 Revision A - March 2015